Home

2005 G35 Owners Guide

1. x 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load T11011M 4 WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents AA CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads A new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer will place ad ditional loads on a vehicle s engine drive train steering braking and other systems MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Towing loads greater than specified or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of a vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maxi Technical and consumer information 9 17 mum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be re
2. SS10070 0 4 Illustrated table of contents SEDAN 1 Automatic anti glare mirror HomeLink P 3 32 2 44 Interior lights P 2 41 Sun visors P 3 32 Power windows P 2 37 Front seat P 1 2 Rear cup holders P 2 32 Interior trunk access P 1 6 Front cup holders P 2 31 Console box P 2 34 10 Rear seat P 1 5 11 LATCH system P 1 24 Oo WAN AM FWN COUPE 1 Automatic anti glare mirror HomeLink P 3 32 2 44 Interior lights P 2 41 Sun visors P 3 32 Power windows P 2 37 Front seat P 1 2 Coat hook P 2 36 Interior trunk access P 1 6 Parking brake MT models P 5 18 Front cup holders P 2 31 10 Console box P 2 34 11 Rear cup holders P 2 32 12 Rear seat P 1 5 13 LATCH system P 1 24 Oo WAN AUF WN SS10074 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 89 101112 13 Horn P 2 25 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 18 19 202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 SIC2792 1 Headlight fog light and turn signal 5 Meters gauges P 2 3 switch P 2 20 6 Cruise control main set switch P 5 20 2 Security indicator P 2 18 7 Windshield wiper washer switch 3 Steering switch for audio control P 2 19 P 4 27 8 Center ventilator P 4 10 4 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 35 9 Center display Compass Air condi tioner Ambient temperature Passen 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ra
3. 8 7 Engine cooling System sssssssssrssssissasisosisissxeniss 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 006 8 8 Changing engine coolant cceeeeeeeeeeee eee 8 9 Engine Ol sscsssccccssscsssssccavssceescsesscsvssssecsevecdessse 8 10 Checking engine oil level eee ee ee 8 10 Changing engine oil and filter 0 0 8 11 Automatic transmission fluid eee eeeeee 8 13 Power Steering fluid s ssssssscrsssssssssssssossssssosasss 8 14 Brake and clutch fluid sississssssssssssssssssssssssssssese 8 14 Brake fluid cisscssccsssscesscssssscsessccssssscosszesssecss 8 14 Clutch fluid cisissscicssscccssssccssessssssessscsassascoss 8 15 Window washer flUidsssssssssssessssssisesscssosussssssess 8 15 Battery ccccisvsscsassccssssvcsoscusscsssssessosasaccanssassecasess 8 16 JUMP Starting sssisscseecasevewse ded seevvctessoavseceataxt 8 18 Drive DeltS scssscvessscacsvsscsesscsesscswssecessesscsssteeeesse 8 18 Spark PlUSS ccccricccssescecsescsecsesesscassstesadevssses sae 8 19 Replacing spark PlUSS cc eseeceeeeeeeeeeeee 8 19 Air ClCAN OD ies cassscssans censssastsecdevecedessavssiconvevaieies 8 20 Windshield wiper blades 066 CleaNnin Svsiesseigesseteveedsievsnenvecsceseevess Replacing sicsssscsisecteesescascavscesscesacseas Parking brake and brake pedal Checking parking brake cee eeeeeeeeee Checking brake pedal ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee Brake DOOStEN ssi sid cts saves see
4. 3 31 SUM VISOIS sssscasececessessscsauscceveaved satvsstersessccstesese 3 32 MINT OMS scsicascscstvcses veccssssvecccvesceseessvevevesseecstvesss 3 32 Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so equipped Outside mirrors Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 34 Automatic drive positioner operation 3 34 Entry exit function Memory storage sscsccscacsesscaassseceesses System operation csseesccesees Cancel SWitCHsisssiscscssccsssescsssssssssccsscsavesssces KEYS except Intelligent Key SPA1882 1 Master key 1 With built in tran sponder chip INFINITI MARK silver 2 Master key 2 With built in tran sponder chip INFINITI MARK silver 3 Valet key With built in transponder chip INFINITI MARK Black 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Key number plate 5 Wallet key 6 Key case Card type A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI dealer for duplicates by using the key number A key number is necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to dupli cate from If you still have a key an INFINITI dealer can duplicate it INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM IVIS KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System components in y
5. negative battery terminal cable to pre vent discharging it Coupe AA CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front doors The automatic window ad justing function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To disconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows 2 Open the hood 3 Close and lock all the doors 4 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 5 Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery termi nal perform the procedure in the fol lowing order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood 3 Connect the negative battery ter minal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window 5 Close the driver side door and the window Sedan and coupe A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by battery fluid is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thor oughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water fo
6. 1 2 Firmly apply foot brake While pulling up on the lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out AA WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident CRUISE CONTROL AA WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the ve hicle at a set speed e In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc e In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con trol and result in an accident AA CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immedi ately Failure to do so may cause engine damage Starting and driving 5 19 PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e If the cruise control system malfunc tions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light
7. SSS0291A Rear seat from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child re straints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause un comfortable seat belt tension AA WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automati cally retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 You can check their operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly forward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt move ment If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt operation see an INFINITI dealer SSS0368 Shoulder belt height adjustment For Sedan front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted
8. When the chime sounds intermittently e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition knob is turned to LOCK If the chime sounds continuously when 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments the driver s door is opened check the fol lowing e The selector lever is in the P position and the ignition knob is turned to LOCK e The mechanical key or the valet key is not inserted into the ignition knob e The inside warning chime may stop when one of the following is per formed e Returning the ignition knob to LOCK e Removing the mechanical key or the valet key e Closing the doors Alarm and warning when the engine starts When the key warning light is blinking in red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power e This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one e The green blinking key warning light goes out about 30 seconds after the ignition knob is turned to ON e We recommend replacing the battery at an INFINITI dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immedi ately and the beep sounds to warn you when the door is closed TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the door handle r
9. e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 SDI1786 SDI1787 INTELLIGENT KEY AV CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key 2 Insert a flat blade screwdriver 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operatio
10. tance between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range A shown below see an INFINITI dealer Range 3 74 in 95 mm or more under a de pressing force of 110 lb 490 N Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is self adjusting brakes equipped with The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AA WARNING See an INFINITI dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not re turn to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the appropriate maintenance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide High performance sports brake pads oc casionally make squeaks squeals or other braking noises because of their very high friction coefficient These occasional brake noises are normal but if th
11. To open the fuel filler lid unlock the fuel filler lid lock by using one of the following operations then push the right hand side of the lid Sedan the left hand side of the lid Coupe e Press the UNLOCK button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key once e Insert the key into the door lock cylin der and turn the door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle e Press the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position SPA1562A SPA1428B SPA1563A Coupe To lock close the fuel filler lid and lock the doors Sedan FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder a while refueling AY WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously Coupe injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off au tomatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 spray and possibly a fire Use only an orig
12. eeesesssessssesssesse 2 36 SUN SHAE sssississsrssssinssssesissosissssis 2 40 SUN VISOS essees sexdoccdesnezesSeeses dee 3 32 Sunglasses holder sessessssesssenseeesee 2 31 SUNTIO ecicccdsecsentreaveeccte E SENERE 2 39 Automatic sunroof eeeeeee 2 39 Supplemental air bag warning labels scccssccsssccasccesseesscssacevesscavescuess 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning light ee eeeee ewes 1 51 2 13 Supplemental restraint system 1 35 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSUGM serseri eass naneo iekea 1 35 Switch Autolight switch essssessesssssseses 2 21 Fog light Switch sssressssessssossssssssss 2 24 Hazard warning flasher SWITCH scesscccssvecssesessesecsevicasvieeesss 2 24 Headlight switch seeeeeee 2 21 Ignition knob Intelligent Key SYSTEM cssvevessivesssebesssessvesessacsosssss 5 8 Ignition switch except Intelligent Key system 5 6 Ignition switch automatic transmission models 5 6 5 11 Ignition switch manual transmission models 5 7 5 15 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCH ccceeceeeee 2 20 Snow mode Switch ecceeeee 2 27 Turn signal switch ceeeeeee 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC Off SWITCH cesssescsdeessetwsansveacees dense 2 27 T Tachometer icc cscsssssccssseccasesseceosesecesss 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature SaU
13. Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for 9 26 Technical and consumer information the 2005 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact an INFINITI dealer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Sat isfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 anda bilingual INFINITI representative will as sist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser vice and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insur ance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine Infiniti Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its
14. US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself MDI0004C 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage AY WARNING Tires should be periodically inspected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indica tors are visible the tire s should be re placed Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire con tact an INFINITI dealer For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifica tions in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels WARNING The use of tires other than those rec ommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clear
15. ance speedometer calibration head light aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could malfunction without warning e The use of retread tires is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet AA CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumfer ence difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and
16. dent Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror adjustment will op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the control knob right or left to se lect the right or left outside mirror then adjust by tilting the control knob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 MPA0008 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it to ward the rear of the vehicle 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Entry exit function only available on models equipped with automatic transmission e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driv er s seat and steering column will auto matically move when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily This feature is not available on models equipped with manual transmission The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the key or ig nition knob in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions e When the key is inserted into the igni tion switch after
17. duced on very steep grades or in low trac tion situations for example on slippery boat ramps AA CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures are not covered by INFINITI warranties Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load 9 18 Technical and consumer information zania Lf 77 Gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing ve hicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross ve hicle weight equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers lug gage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not ex ceed GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit lb kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for a vehicle and trailer Make sure the trailer hitch is se curely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage du
18. 15 kg Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib one 300 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seat ing Capacity on the Tire and Loading In formation label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight to the value Examples are shown in the illustration 9 16 Technical and consumer information Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX pounds 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo
19. 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illus trated Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts after the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust the tire pressure to the COLD pres sure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the driver side center pillar In case of emergency 6 7 Kew SCE0384B SCE0425A Sedan 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle 6 Pl
20. AWD all wheel drive warning LISTE oeeie nerean siea 2 10 Brake warning light 2 10 Door open warning light 2 11 Intelligent Key warning light 2 11 Low fuel warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning ight cessciessansascsscssssioavecousteasesssaes 2 12 P position selecting warning WISE ises scsascascacesiasessevevsceneeteastseats 2 12 Seat belt warning light and CHIME 5 sississsscssssscscesssscssssessssosss Warning lights Warning Hazard warning flasher SWITCH vaszscsssiseesveceviesvvevestaveveunsiotenes 2 24 Warning Low tire pressure warning SYSTEMI serisine a 5 3 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 006 2 9 Warranty Emission control system WAIANLY sssrinin anessa 9 24 10 8 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and Weights ceeessswsssieisssaceacsenedsssosesesssseass Wheel tire SiZ ccecceesceeeceeeeeee Wheels and tires scceeceecseeeee Cleaning aluminum alloy WhEEIS siscsssicocsssvescesssccsaseevacsseecss Window washer fluid 0066 Window s CLEANING siscsscccccsscssssvescssnssessecassese Power WINdOWS ssceeeeeeeeee Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Windshield wiper and washer SWItCH sess cs ccsscsdsccevsaseseaceceveveateces Wiper blades eee eeeeeeeee Xenon headlights GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Sedan mode
21. Instrument brightness control switch Outside mirror remote control Fuse box Automatic steering column control if so equipped Manual steering column control Ignition switch steering lock Snow mode switch if so equipped Radio CD player Ashtray Cigarette lighter Heated seat switch Hazard warning flasher switch Glove box Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES SS10075 1 Warning Indicator lights 2 Tachometer 3 Automatic transmission position indi cator AT models Up shift indicator MT models 4 Speedometer Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Reset knob for trip odometer Odometer Total Twin trip Up shift in dicator setting MT models Fuel gauge SIC2559 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer Up shift indicator setting MT models The odometer twin trip odometer or up shift indicator setting MT models are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance Instruments and controls 2 3 the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the reset knob changes the display as follows AT models TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A MT models TRIP A TRIP B Up shift indicator set ting mod
22. Remove the mechanical key or the va let key if any key is in the ignition knob 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the LOCK button on the Intel ligent Key 4 All doors and fuel filler lid will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed even though the ignition knob is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indi cator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 doors are already locked 1 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition knob or the igni tion knob is pushed in 2 Doors do not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Push the UNLOCK button 2 on the In telligent Key once e The drivers door and fuel filler lid un lock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition knob in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR posi tion with the ignition knob in any posi tion except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel ligent Key again within 5 seconds e All doors unl
23. Starting and driving 5 27 ited Slip Differential ABLS system to im prove vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC system turned off all VDC system functions and TCS functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off The ABLS system is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pul sation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction 5 28 Starting and driving AY WARNING The VDC system is designed to help im prove driving stability but does not pre vent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving Reduce vehicle speed
24. The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up 2 38 Instruments and controls _ Sedan Type A Automatic operation For front door windows or all door windows if so equipped To fully open or close the window com pletely press or lift the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just press or lift the switch in the opposite direction Auto reverse function Automatic operation equipped model If the control unit detects something Sedan Type B caught in a window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be acti vated when a window is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs WH lt N N At cS weer SIC1979B Coupe AY WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which can not be detected Make sure that all passen gers have their hands etc inside the ve hicle before closing the window AUTOMATIC ADJUSTING FUNCTION Coupe AA CAUTION When the battery ca
25. The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly Starting and driving 5 23 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS Segre 89 S33 Z 7 l lt lt 7 a 1 a at X SD1006MA A WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Never leave children unattended inside the vehicle 5 24 Starting and driving both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1 Low gear position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good prac tice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forw
26. When the engine starts release the ig nition knob A WARNING Do not start the engine from outside the vehicle through the window Doing so could lead to an accident and injury Be sure to sit in the driver s seat to use the key For important safety information see Starting the engine in the 5 Starting and driving section When the ignition knob is pushed under the following conditions the key warning light in the instrument panel comes on in red It is not pos sible to turn the ignition knob when e you do not have the Intelligent Key with you e the Intelligent Key battery has run down e you have a Intelligent Key for an other vehicle with you Slowly turn the ignition knob after the key warning light comes on in green Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 If it is turned quickly it may stick and be difficult to turn e The engine may not start if the Intelli gent Key is placed e inside the glove box or the door pocket e on the instrument panel e in the corner of interior compart ment e If it is difficult to turn the ignition knob perform the following e Push the ignition knob and turn it to the left and then to the right e Turn the ignition knob while gently turning the steering wheel to the left or right Stopping the engine 1 Shift the selector lever to the P posi tion 2 Turn the ignition knob to ACC 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments AA
27. Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation either just before the harness connectors or over the complete harness for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system For front seats WARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by an INFINITI dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 to the pre tensioner seat belt opera tion Tampering with the pre
28. being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then close the trunk You can lock or unlock the doors using only the door handle which detects the Intelligent Key When you try to unlock the door while pulling the door handle the door may not unlock In this case release the door handle and the door will unlock Pull the door handle again and the door will open INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or purse Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of operation Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK po sition and remove the ignition key if any metal key is in the ignition knob 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 Push any door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 All the doors and fuel filler lid will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and outside buzzer sounds twice 1 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while a mechanical key or valet key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key w
29. d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs SEATING CAPACITY a NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupante and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT BAN RIN oea es XXX kPa XX PSI renn XXX kPa XX PSI COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS XXX kPa XX PSI Type B COMPACT SPARE TIRE O DE SECOURS T XXX XX RXX E ERD LOADING NFORMATION d orana TIRE SIZE gow TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE T TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE Ean TOTAL avant X P XXX XX R XX froma X COMPACT SPARE TIRE ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS pT XXX XXRXX TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS REAR ARRIERE A FRONT REAR me x Se fe SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOUR D AUTRES DE TALS SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR SDI1574 Tire and loading information label Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehi
30. in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section SSS0301B Front facing If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the front passenger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost posi tion Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the cor rect child restraint fit See Head re straint adjustment earlier in this sec tion If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seat ing position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0361 S SS0331C Route the seat belt tongue through the 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until
31. make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s instructions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspen sion or body component required to ac commodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage If pos sible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your ve hicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a T type spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY Do not use the chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Rs _ A D10048 D Sedan CHANGING WHE
32. not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 SSS0252A SSS0253G _Rear outboard seat Front facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Rear center seat The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to in stall the head restraint when the child re straint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head re straint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating po sition or a different child restraint 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing SSS0254H SSS0332C SS0333C 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt
33. turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gas ket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m 8 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force 9 Refill engine with recommended oil and install the cap securely AX CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil tem perature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine A CAUTION When filling oil do not pull out the dip stick 10 Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required 11 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipst
34. 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the govern ment course as a tire graded 100 How ever relative tire performance depends on actual driving conditions and may vary significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service prac tices and differences in road characteris tics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance AA WARNING The traction grade assigned to your vehicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include accel eration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resis tance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause tire material to de generate reducing tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tir
35. 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ADULT HITS ALL PTY CLASSICAL It It TRAFFIC COUNTRY It It TOP 40 JAZZ i CJ it TALK NEWS it It SPORTS OLDIES It It ROCK PUBLIC t PTY SEEK tuning mode After selecting a PTY name push the SEEK button M or A within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY mode will be canceled PTY SCAN tuning mode Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the PTY name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 sec onds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the compact disc into the slot with the la bel side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD will play AV CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control button will
36. 900 rpm There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication SD0433 Up shift indicator setting The desired engine speed rpm for the up shift indicator can be set while the up shift indicator setting mode is selected Change the display to the up shift indica tor mode by pushing the reset knob 4 When the up shift indicator setting mode is selected the engine speed currently set is displayed The initial factory set ting is 8 000 rpm The figure can be changed between 2 000 and 8 000 rpm Push the reset knob more than approxi mately 2 seconds and then the figure in the display will start blinking Pushing the reset knob for less than ap proximately 1 second while the figure is blinking will add the figure by 100 rpm If pushing for more than approximately 1 second the figure will increase by 500 rpm If you have not operated the reset knob for 5 seconds the setting mode will end The display will illuminate instead of blink If the battery cable is disconnected the set engine speed will be returned to the initial figure 8 000 rpm Suggested up shift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acc
37. A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the il lustration This will not affect the perfor mance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the underhood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT AA CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the elec trical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and head light switch are in the OFF position Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller og S f oO SDI1753 5 6 If the fuse is open a replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not oper ate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 oe SD1I1393 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rat
38. Aves eeessecases 2 11 Intelligent Key system Warning SIGNALS sscccscersccvsssevescevesesssssessassscoess 3 17 Intelligent key warning light 2 11 Interior light replacement 8 32 Interior USHtS ssssississsissssssesisssessssas 2 41 Interior trunk lid release 3 27 10 4 JUMP starting sess sssssicsececttaccssessecedsecees 6 8 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 20 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry SYSTEM sess ccesssacescesscevscsusssevsscavisss 3 5 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 9 Knob Ignition knob Intelligent Key SV STEM oes sade bechdesssaveresecsssctassiassesteoess 5 8 L label eases sectssccsssiedsessvavescasvesstvceveses 9 13 Label Emission control information labelen n i 9 12 Label F M V S S certification label arenneren RE 9 11 Labels Air bag warning labels 1 50 Engine serial number 9 11 Vehicle identification number WIN os e sasore eesosa eair 9 10 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system ccceeeee 1 24 License plate Installing front license platessssissscssscssssssssrsssssssasss 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 51 Bulb replacement 000 8 30 Fog light Switch eeeeeeeee 2 24 Headlight switch eee 2 21 Headlights Bulb replacement
39. ECON AUTO Heating A C off The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button AUTO will be displayed 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the DEF button amp y on The indi cator light on the button will come on Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the manual fan control button and set to the maximum position As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the DEF button py is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the wind shield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging pe
40. Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck AX CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and 6 12 In case of emergency powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada SCE0386 Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two wheel drive models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated SCE0387A Automatic transmission models AX CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission mod els with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmis sion If it is necessary to tow the ve hicle with the front wheels raised al ways use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dolli
41. Pregnant WOMeEn sssssesssssesseseseee 10 6 Seat belt cleaning 7 4 Seat belt extenders 1 17 Seat belt maintenance zs 1 17 Seat Delts sass sccsssssssaccssccesseasacees 1 9 Three point type with FOU CIOs cai sicccs covessncssccsvesssencsvce 1 13 Seat s Driver side Memory 00008 3 35 Heated Seats cccceseceseceeees 2 25 Sats cicesscsccicccssccovescosswesscsvscsecsses 1 2 Secondary trunk lid release 3 27 Security system Vehicle security SYSTEM acsicsiscssesccssscvccessssccdscavessazesss 2 16 Security systems INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine STAI RE 2 18 Security systems See vehicle SECUTITY SYSTEM rros isss dsns 2 16 Servicing air conditioner 4 11 4 14 Shift lock release ceeeeeeeceeeeeee 5 15 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 6 5 11 Manual transmission 5 7 5 15 Spark PlUSS ii siccccisavescewexecsndecsstecwees 8 19 SpeedOMetels ssccccsesscsrssscvsscovesesssese 2 3 Starting Before starting the engine 5 10 JUMP Starting ssicessscasccessssessscasesess 6 8 Precautions when starting and a A ETT 5 2 PUSH StATEING sos sc sivcsssssssessccsesvens 6 10 Starting the engine Steering Power steering fluid Power steering system Steering switch for audio CONU Ol sesoses parere s 4 27 Tilting steering wheel 3 30 Stora SO pepindane e aaas 2 30 Stowing golf bags
42. TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE PREVIOUS BUTTON This button has two functions e Go back to the previous display When this button is pressed during setup setup will be canceled and the screen will return to the previous screen e Finish setup When this button is pressed after setup is completed the settings will be renewed as directed and the screen will return to the map SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the TAGREE English or ENTER Fran ais key then push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button the Navigation system will not proceed to the next step display To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual VEHICLE INFORMATION Fuel Economy Mamonas OOOO SAA0940 HOW TO USE THE INFO BUTTON The VEHICLE INFORMATION screen will appear when the INFO button is pushed Choose an item using the joystick and push the ENTER button After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the PRE VIOUS button to return to the VEHICLE INFORMATION menu Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 TR
43. WARNING When you leave the vehicle be sure to ob serve the following e Shift the selector lever to P In other positions the ignition knob will not re turn to LOCK e Securely return the ignition knob to LOCK e Set the parking brake Failure to do so could result in unexpected vehicle movement and could lead to severe in jury INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can be used only when you carry the key with you and operate as specified in the operating range inside or outside the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery runs down or where there are strong radio waves or noise the operating range may be narrower or the key may be inopera tive SPA1900 Operating range of the door or trunk lock unlock function The outside sensors are in the front out side door handles and the trunk The operating range of the door or trunk lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch or trunk open re quest switch is shown in the illustration 31 5 in 80 cm from the door handle request switch 2 31 5 in 80 cm from the trunk open request switch e If you are too close to the outside door handles or rear bumper the In telligent Key may not operate e If the Intelligent Key is in the oper ating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to lock unlock the doors by pushing the door handle request switch L
44. activate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 SPA1814 S SPA1505F LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To individually lock the doors push the inside lock knob down to the LOCK posi tion then close the door When locking the door using inside lock knob be sure not to leave the key inside of the vehicle To unlock pull the inside lock knob up to the UNLOCK position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH All doors will be locked when the power door lock switch is pushed to the LOCK position with the driver s or front pas senger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked When locking the door this way be cer tain not to leave the key inside the ve hicle To unlock push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and un lock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle SPA0086A CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Sedan Child safety rear door lock helps prevent rear doors from being opened acciden tally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the LOCK 4 posi tion the rear doors can be opened by the outside door handles only To
45. after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position The map personal and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 min utes after the latest operation of the fol lowing with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well AA CAUTION e Turn off the map personal and vanity mirror lights when you leave the ve hicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could re sult in a discharged battery REAR PERSONAL LIGHT Left hand side Right hand side The rear personal light has a three position switch When the switch is in the door position the light will illuminate when the rear door is opened When the rear personal light switch is in the ON position the rear personal lights illuminate regardless of any condi tion When the switch is in the OFF posi tion the rear personal lights do not illu minate regardless of any condition When the personal light switch is in
46. all of child restraint and insert it into the the belt is fully extended At this time buckle until you hear and feel the the belt retractor is in the automatic latch engage locking mode child restraint mode It Be sure to follow the child restraint reverts back to emergency locking manufacturer s instructions for belt mode when the belt is fully retracted routing 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 SSS0302E 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is se curely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to fur ther tighten the child restraint If un able to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked re
47. and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the VDC OFF in dicator light and SLIP indicator light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not INFINITI approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate prop erly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the VDC
48. anyone to stand up or ex tend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing AA CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area If the sunroof does not close If the sunroof does not close or open au tomatically use the following procedure to return sunroof operation to normal Sedan T Press the switch to the CLOSE UP side to tilt up the sunroof Release the switch when the sunroof is in the fully tilted up position Press and hold the switch to the CLOSE UP Q side for approximately 10 seconds until the sunroof moves automatically Continue to press and hold the switch while the sunroof operates automati cally Do not release the switch Release the switch when the sunroof stops If the sunroof does not operate prop erly after step 4 repeat the procedure starting with step 1 Coupe 1 Press the switch to the CLOSE UP side to tilt up the sunroof Release the switch when the sunroof is in the fully tilted up position Press and hold the switch to the CLOSE UP Q side for approximately 10 seconds until the sunroof auto matically closes 4 Release the switch when the sunroof stops 5 Press and hold the switch to the CLOSE UP Q side for approximately 4 seconds until the sunroof moves auto matically Continue
49. bag warning light illuminates The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is op erational 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PASS AIR BAG OFF PVD SSS0367 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to fol low all instructions in this manual concern ing the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The right front passenger air bag status light is located in the center display The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger seat or when other conditions are met as outlined in this sec tion The light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light does not illuminate to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regu
50. be fore selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be depressed and the se lector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift range can be selected manually In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows gt gt gt gt Im 2m 3m 4m 5m 5m 5th Use this position for all normal forward driving 4p 4th For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous 3m 3rd and 2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 1m 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower Starting and driving 5 13 than 4m range This reduces gas mile age
51. belts can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some con ditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 SS0132B 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side 5550008 5550099 impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the INFINITI Air Bag System never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplementa
52. blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits SNOW Snow mode switch indicator light if so equipped When selecting SNOW mode while the en gine is running this light will illuminate See SNOW MODE SWITCH in the 2 In struments and controls section ope Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dy namic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indi cator light come on with the vehicle dy namic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the ve hicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating i e the vehicle dy namic control system may not be func tioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an ab normality occurs in the system the ve hicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still drive able For additional information see Ve hicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual 1D Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch
53. by a standard tire at the first opportunity Drive carefully while the T type spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself Periodically check the T type spare tire inflation pressure and always keep it at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the T type spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the T type spare tire should be used on the front wheel and the original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the rear two original tires Se dan Tire tread of the T type spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the original tire Replace the T type spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators ap pear Do not use the T type spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one T type spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the T type spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a T type spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly on the T type spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the T type spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the ve hicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an au tomatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and rec
54. closing the driver s door or when the driver s door is closed after inserting the key into the ignition switch e When the ignition knob is pushed with the driver s door closed e When the key or ignition knob is turned to the ON position The entry exit function can be activated or cancelled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition switch is in the LOCK position The indicator light will blink once when the function is cancelled and the indicator light will blink twice when the function is activated If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will be can celled In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition switch or ignition knob in the LOCK position to acti vate the entry exit function SPA1899 MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat and steering column can be stored in the au tomatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory sys tem 1 For vehicles equipped with automatic transmission set the selector lever to the P Park position For vehicles equipped with manual transmission place the shift lever in the N Neutral position and set the parking brake 2 Adjust the driver s seat and steering column to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switc
55. cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AX CAUTION e Never use gasoline thinner or any similar material e The leather seats should be regularly coated with a leather wax like saddle soap Never use car wax e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover Appearance and care 7 3 FLOOR MATS The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to pre vent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become ex cessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care SAI0012A Floor mat positioning aid Driver side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket A to act as a floor mat posi tioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a
56. compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause un desired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AA WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of con trol or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sud den steering maneuvers These driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Al ways wear your seat belt See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section Also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an u
57. consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S Department of Transporta tion Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about mo tor vehicle safety from the Hotline You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Us ing the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dama
58. coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by an INFINITI dealer SDI0114B CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT e Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in re duced heater performance and engine overheating WARNING To avoid being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator and remove ra diator filler cap Be careful not to allow coolant to con tact drive belts Waste coolant must be disposed of Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 properly Check your local regula tions Close the radiator drain plug securely after the coolant is drained Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mixture of antifreeze solution and demineralized water distilled water Fill the reservoir tank up to th
59. dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 SPA1918 HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Setting hazard indicator and horn mode The factory setting of the remote keyless entry system is in hazard indicator and horn mode In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments If horn chirps are not necessary the sys tem can be switched to hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK 2 but tons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indicator only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indi cator flashes once and the horn chirps once OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch HAZARD INDICATOR MODE HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE Hazard indicator and horn mode Hazard indicator mode Switching indicator HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice No operation
60. designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are re quired when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for air condi tioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations An INFINITI dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air condi tioning system AA WARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and press the POWER FM or AM button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC posi tion Radio reception is affected by station sig nal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art elec
61. disengage move the levers to the un lock position REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without Intelligent Key system It is possible to lock unlock all doors trunk lid and fuel filler lid and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from out side the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating dis tance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information about pur chase and use of additional keyfobs con tact an INFINITI dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is completely discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is more than 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch AA CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences may damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen INFINITI rec ommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact an INFINITI
62. during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly re strained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources in cluding doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community orga nizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child re straint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child re straints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AA WARNING Infants and children need special p
63. eeesesesesessessesesee 2 21 Automatic Anti glare inside mirror 3 32 Automatic Sunroof ceeeeeeee 2 39 Automatic transmission fluid ATIF E E 8 13 Automatic transmission position indicator light sssscsssrsssssssssssssssos 2 14 Drive positioner ccescceseee 3 34 Driving with automatic transmission sse5sssscesesesecseres 5 6 5 11 Seat positioner seat 3 34 Transmission selector lever lock TOlCASCisesvesescesscevessssciesdveseeecseess 5 15 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 5 AWD all wheel drive warning Tf re 2 10 5 22 B Battery issusiecwassevesscacwtuevavcceteasecacacncds 8 16 Battery saver system 2 23 Before starting the engine 5 10 Belts See drive belts Booster S atSisssisissssesssesssssvcssiciwscees Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 5 26 Brake and clutch fluid Brake booster ceeceeceeceeee Brake fluid Brake pedal Brake pedal check 20668 Brake SySteM sssissrisssrssssssvssisssoss Parking brake check Parking brake operation 5 18 Warming Wight iscsssscsscsesdescsscsscess 2 10 Break in schedule scceeceeeeeee 5 21 Brightness control Instrument PANEL oc ssssscscesccscsssccsssacessecosscdsssacases Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement eeeeeeeeeeeeeee Cc Cabin air TIME sc0855 sccssecdssasesessses
64. fect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Vehicle identification in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for Tire and Loading Information label location VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on slippery surfaces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and con trol the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the Traction Control System TCS portion of the VDC system is oper ating the SLIP indicator in the instru ment panel blinks e If the SLIP indicator blinks the road conditions are slippery Be sure to ad just your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and W indicator lights il luminate in the instrument panel As long as these warning lights are on the VDC function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Lim
65. following places under a bridge among buildings on an iron bridge inside a tunnel above a subway on a railway crossing in an underground parking lot near a huge vehicle near a transformer substation If you carry out correction procedure at one of the above places the proce dure may not be completed correctly If air conditioner fan speed is maximum the compass display may shake This is normal Reduce the fan speed to avoid shaking the display Correction functions of the compass display If the direction is not shown correctly carry out correction procedure set out be low 2 8 Instruments and controls Correction procedure 1 Push COMP switch for about 10 sec onds The direction bar starts blinking Turn off electrical equipment such as lights hazard indicator air condi tioner etc Then drive the vehicle slowly less than 3 MPH 5 km h and turn the vehicle one or more times in an open and safe area When the com pass displays the direction the proce dure is completed WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Automatic transmission check warning light All wheel drive AWD warning light AWD models Charge warning light Anti lock brake warning light Brake warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS
66. from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LIGHTS 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1732 Sedan NS ee we N Front turn signal light Clearance light Front fog light Headlight high beam Headlight low beam Map light Rear personal light Front side marker light Step light Trunk light High mounted stop light if so equipped License plate light T1 12 Back up light Rear combination light Turn signal Stop Tail Side marker Coupe 1 Front turn signal light Clearance light 2 Front fog light Headlight high beam 3 Headlight low beam 4 Clearance light 5 Map light 6 Front side marker light 7 Step light 8 High mounted stop light if so equipped 9 Trunk light 10 License plate light 11 Rear combination light Turn signal Stop Tail Back up Side marker SDI1579 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Replacing Wattage W Bulb No If replacement is required see an Front turn signal INFINITI dealer Xenon headlight bulb Clearance light Front side marker light A WARNING Rear combination light Turn signal 21 A HIGH VOLTAGE Stop Tail LED _ Side marker light Sedan LED Coupe 3 8 Sedan Coupe T10 When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an el
67. fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during brak ing turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg isters Empty The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably be fore the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The E gt indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the passenger s side of the ve hicle AX CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the Sane malfunction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the Siene lamp should turn off If the lamp SOON aes A remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator lamp MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 5 COMPASS DISPLAY z tg ano wo 253 258 2 7 3 o SIC2563 Push COMP switch to turn the display on or off when the ignition switch is in the ON position The heading direction will be displayed 2 6 Instruments and controls N north E east S south W west A vehicle direction The above example shows the display changes from East to Ea
68. fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily deter mined If in doubt ask your service sta tion manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel must be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a Technical and consumer information 9 3 methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any driveability problems such as en gine stalling and hard hot starting are ex perienced after using oxygenate blend fu els immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during re fueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage 9 4 Technical and consumer information Aft
69. ger air bag should be automatically turned OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF Also if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by oth erwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that ap propriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the weight sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to op erate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result i
70. have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges CDs with MP3 or WMA format cannot be written by this audio system If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the tempera ture inside the player is too high Re move the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 CD Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pic tures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known com pressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track f
71. in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT WARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset over load protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments for automatic seat positioner operation SS0182C Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or back ward will slide the seat forward or back ward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch 2 backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help ob tain proper seat belt fit See Prec
72. is dam aged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AA WARNING Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by an INFINITI dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system can not be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by an INFINITI dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of these supple mental systems or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct disposal
73. is first installed or the battery has been replaced the sat ellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satel lite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed retrofit unavailable without factory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio performance may be af fected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the sat ellite antenna 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact Disc CD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use COMPACT BE he SAA0480 Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COM PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that
74. is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is se curely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to fur ther tighten the child restraint If un able to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the auto Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 matic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the auto matic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked re peat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop
75. lations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by re quiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classifi cation sensor weight sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an oc cupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the air bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Weight sensor operation can vary de pending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the auto matic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the weight sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the air bag sys tem determines whether the front passen
76. load API certification mark FOR GASOLINE ENGINES API service symbol STI0367 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct qual ity and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance INFINITI recommends the use of a low friction oil energy conserving oil in order to im prove fuel economy and conserve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Petroleum Institute API certification mark on the front of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving I amp II categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API certification mark use an API grade SG SH Energy Conserving I amp II or API grade SJ or SL Energy conserving oil An oil with a single designation SG or SH or in combination with other categories for example SG CC or SG CD may also be used if one with the API certification mark cannot be found An ILSAC grade GF I GF II GF III oil can also be used INFINITI recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil typ
77. maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are es sential for proper vehicle operation It is 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself your responsibility to perform these main tenance procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through tech nical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI dealer perform it promptly In addition
78. moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AY WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information la bel Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in a malfunction of other vehicle compo nents Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire malfunction loss of control and possible injury For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 PNEU ET INFORMATION DE GHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES Type A a REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin
79. neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front 5550389 seat see Booster seat installation on Outboard position front passenger seat later in this sec BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON tion REAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in A CAUTION case of a sudden stop or accident Do not use the lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat A CAUTION with the seat belts When you install a booster seat in the rear seat follow these Remember that a booster seat left in a step closed vehicle can become very hot Check 1 Position the booster seat on the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 SS0390 Center position Only place it in a front facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating
80. new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional in formation When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new trans mitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the device Instruments and controls 2 47 DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 2 48 Instruments and controls MEMO Instruments and controls 2 49 MEMO 2 50 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys except Intelligent Key eeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 2 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System IVIS Locking wit
81. off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO 4 position 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the Instruments and controls 2 21 switch to the OFF paz or g0 position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark turn off the headlights when it is light and keep the headlights on for up to 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and open any door then close all the doors If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one of the doors is opened and this con dition is continued the headlights remain ON for five minutes 2 22 Instruments and controls if SIC1230C SIC2230 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top left hand side of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolamp if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illumi nate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the gD position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system When the headlight switch is in the spa or gC p
82. or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps Ts Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position automatic transmission to the P Park position Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner switch Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan con trol to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approxi mately 1 500 rpm until the tempera ture gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood fur ther until no steam or coolant can be seen Open the engine hood AA WARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is run ning The radiator ho
83. or impact SSS0256A _ Rear outboard seat Rear facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear center seat SS0335 SSS0258A SSS0259A 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the the belt is fully extended At this time belt to remove any slack in the belt the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 SSS0260A 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is se curely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to fur ther tighten the child restraint If un able to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating
84. out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s en gine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded engine gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state prov ince or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor ve hicle emission control and safety stan dards vary according to the country state province or district therefore ve hicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the re sponsibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION STI0038 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped as shown STI0303C STI0186B STI0330A ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown Sedan F M V S S CERTIFICAT
85. position activates ignition system in addition to electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the regis tered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Im mobilizer System key an automated toll road device or automated payment device 5 8 Starting and driving on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON po sition for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds Repeat steps 1 and 2 again Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the in terference away from the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices IGNITION KNOB models with the Intelligent Key system SPA1628 The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition knob cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park p
86. reflect off ob jects Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the sig nals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the re flective characteristics of FM signals di rect and reflected signals reach the re ceiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low fre quency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the iono sphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms elec trical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio
87. resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine Infiniti Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non Infiniti parts nor does Infinitis warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine parts Using Genuine Infiniti Parts can help pro tect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the re sale value of your vehicle And if your ve hicle was leased using Genuine Infiniti Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your ve hicle in an accident Non genuine imita tion parts may not provide such built in safety features Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and cor rosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states provinces have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from autho rizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www infiniti com for U S customers or www infiniticanada ca for Canadian cus tomers Technical and consumer information 9 27 MEMO
88. same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the preset station memory will be erased In that case reset the de sired stations AUTO P Automatic preset To select the preset FM AM SAT or PTY station channel push the AUTO P button for less than 1 5 seconds To preset the FM AM SAT or PTY station channel push the AUTO P button for more than 1 5 seconds Or Program type category Type A RPT CAT Repeat category Type B When the PTY button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed Type A only During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE When the PTY CAT type A or RPT CAT Type B button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during the satellite radio mode the category name of the current channel is displayed 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button A or in the PTY CAT selection mode It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down tuning button A or vy PTY name selection can also be achieved by pressing the preset buttons Initial PTY names are stored in the station preset buttons but these can be changed by pressing the station preset buttons for more than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY name is in the display
89. shift indicator setting MT models Fuel gauge P 2 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LOCATIONS ON AWM A WN B SDI1485 9 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 11 Air cleaner P 8 20 VQ35DE Fuse fusible link holder P 8 24 Battery P 8 16 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Clutch fluid reservoir P 8 15 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 14 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 Radiator filler cap P 8 9 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SOAS EEEE A ETETE 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 006 1 2 Rear seat adjuStMent ce eeeceeeeseeeeeeeees 1 5 Head restraint adjustment cece eeeeeeee 1 8 Active head restraint front seats 1 8 Armrest if so equipped ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 9 Seat belts icds vccssesstaverccevecvestadexcucnveccavesveneesvaveve 1 9 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Child Safety veicsssscsesscccssccesssvecessssesescosesdessss 1 12 Pregnant women 1 13 INjUTEd PELSONS sciciissedessssasessavsivassiacssvecsses 1 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 13 Seat belt extenders eeceseeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Seat belt maintenance cece eeeeeeeeeeee 1 17 Child r StraintS s cccccsscscsssscsssccssssccss
90. shifting between R and D In case of emergency 6 15 e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 16 In case of emergency MEMO In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exteri r secissecescsessesssnasseanceesscesacsvevsconse 7 2 Floor MACS i svsessccsssscessvsenessansesevesvnss Washing iississsccensceesccsscstssseaszecess sho ancencesaseei8e 7 2 Seat Dells cessus erresen Waxing osses pea sser arie Esras ESEE 7 2 Corrosion protection Removing SPOtS eiiscsssassessdescecssacspecdstossasecaes 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Underbody s ssssessesseserseesereeseesersereeseesensesseee 7 3 COOS O 95235505055 cokes cssbeaess sedsecssrecassessaeeisaaess 7 5 Gla SS serons anseo EEn EErEE AE ENEP ENESE ES 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Aluminum alloy wheels csssseesseseeeees 7 3 COTrOSON aes seseris peist rarasane EE EEs ENES FERRERA 7 5 Chrome Parts csicssisiesicesiseii sasise 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 Cleaning INGCTOMs sccssccsccescsccssesssdcccsccasesszssecssoees 7 3 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to care for it properly To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can e After a rainfall to prevent possib
91. sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry com pletely before using them AA WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion pro cess Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfa
92. supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational SSS0131B A WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Also the front passenger air bag will not in flate if the passenger air bag status light is lit Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of in jury in various kinds of accidents 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI air bag system if you are un restrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fas tened The air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat
93. system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the ve hicle See Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pavement However the performance o
94. the lid For larger cups remove the inside tray Instruments and controls 2 31 o SIC2675 SIC1846B Manual transmission models Front Manual transmission models Console box Rear Front Manual transmission models To set up the cup holder slide the lid A CAUTION rearward and insert the partition plate into the center slit e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an acci dent 2 32 Instruments and controls SIC2573 Coupe Soft bottle holder GLOVE BOX A CAUTION oo the glove box pull the handle The bottle holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 unlock the glove box use the master key A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 33 SIC1848 SIC2575 UPPER GLOVE BOX Except for Navigation system equipped models 4 WARNING Keep upper glove box lid closed while driv ing to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 34 Instruments and controls Automatic transmission model CONSOLE BOX To open the console box push the button on the
95. to press and hold the switch while the sunroof operates automati cally Do not release the switch 6 Release the switch when the sunroof stops 7 If the sunroof does not operate prop erly after step 6 repeat the procedure starting with step 1 Have an INFINITI dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHTS ROOM LIGHT The room light has a two position switch When the switch is in the door position the room light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 sec onds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed The driver s door is opened and then Instruments and controls 2 41 closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The driver s door is locked either with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position the room light does not illuminate re gardless of any condition 2 42 Instruments and controls SIC2581 MAP LIGHT When the switch is pushed in the light will turn on When the switch is pushed again the light will turn off When the map light switch is in the ON position it will automatically turn off 30 minutes
96. to the position best suited for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull the release button and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the de sired position so that the belt passes over the shoulder Release the adjust ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AA WARNING After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the ef fectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or se verity of injury in an accident SSS0222 Shoulder belt guide Coupe The shoulder arm can be adjusted to allow easier access to the shoulder belt The arm can also be folded down to allow rear seat passengers easier access SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving posi tion it is not possible to properly fit the INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex tender is required AA WARNING Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with INFINITI seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could r
97. transmission models the igni tion lock is designed so that the key can not be turned to LOCK and removed un less the key is pushed in while turning the key between ACC and LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up posi tion To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left AA WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage and or personal in jury KEY POSITIONS The ignition switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in this posi tion OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the Starting and driving 5 7 key cannot be turned to LOCK and re moved until the selector lever is moved to the P position for automatic transmis sion or the key is pushed in while turning the key between ACC and LOCK ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accesso ries when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This
98. vehicle behind a recre ational vehicle such as a motor home AA CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion of this manual Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate ve hicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recom mendations when using their product Manual transmission e Always tow with the manual transmis sion in Neutral e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear
99. will not work Braking will be harder ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AA WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and re leases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock sys tem is working properly However the ABS operation may indicate that road condi tions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors electric p
100. you should notify an INFINITI dealer if you think the repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work closely observe the Mainte nance precautions later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this sec tion Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate prop erly Also ensure that all latches lock se curely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrica tion frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check head light aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the speci fied pressure Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire ro
101. your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenver the stopping effect of the parking brake is Starting and driving 5 25 weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking perfor mance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by your INFINITY dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes increases wear on the brakes and pads and reduces gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AA WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or acceler ating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident 5 26 Starting and driving e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes
102. 145 80D17 420 kPa 60 psi Spare T145 90D16 1 420 kPa 60 psi P215 55R17 93V 2 210 kPa 30 psi Front P225 50R17 93V 210 kPa 30 psi Rear P235 50R17 95V 210 kPa 30 psi ewe Front 225 45R18 91W 240 kPa 35 psi Coupe Rear 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 psi Front 225 40R19 89Y 240 kPa 35 psi Rear 245 40R19 94Y 240 kPa 35 psi Spare 1 For AWD models 2 Option for USA conventional for Canada for models with tire size P215 55R17 93V T145 80D17 420 kPa 60 psi DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Sedan Coupe Overall length in mm 186 9 4 747 182 2 4 628 Overall width in mm 69 0 1 753 71 5 1 815 57 7 1 467 1 54 8 1 393 Overall height in mm 58 4 1 484 2 55 1 1 399 3 F 59 1 1 500 1 Front tread in mm 59 3 1 505 2 60 4 1 535 60 6 1 540 4 Rear tread in mm 59 3 1 505 60 8 1 545 5 Wheelbase in mm 112 2 2 850 Gross vehicle weight rating lb kg Gross axle weight rating See the F M V S S certification label on the driver s side lock Front lb kg pillar Rear lb kg 1 For 2WD models 2 For AWD models 3 For 19 in road wheel models 4 For models with road wheel size 17 x 8JJ and 19 x 8 1 2JJ offset 1 30 in 33 mm 5 For models with road wheel size 18 x 8J offset 1 18 in 30 mm Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another coun try you should first find
103. 8 32 Interior lights vies deceetsiexsssnvedsevesas 2 41 Replacement cseeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 30 THUNK light ssscccsssesessesssasscevssses ss 2 44 Vanity mirror light 2 43 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 2 14 Xenon headlights 66 2 20 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement cecseseeeeseeeeeeeeees 8 32 Loading information See vehicle loading information cc000 9 14 Lock Door lOCKS 3 scccsesvscesscscesccasseseasees 3 3 Glove box lock s ssscccsssscasvscsssss 2 33 Power door lOCK sisicavessisssscctscacsess 3 3 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 25 Low fuel warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Maintenance Battery scvsccesasccecsdsaseevdaeeeiescaaceass General maintenance 6 Inside the vehicle 0 c0008 Maintenance information GIS PAY sissies sesssscsiccavecevacsoudsatesess Maintenance precautions Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle 0068 Seat belt maintenance Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Mechanical key for Intelligent Key SYSTEM korsire seiced eneses an as aari Meters and gauges esseessesssessssesee Meters and gauges Instrument brightness control essssseseesesesessesss Mirror Automatic anti glare inside ARo AE E E TT Outside mirr
104. 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze coolant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corro sion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not neces sary AY WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid es caping from the radiator e See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself AX CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine Nissan Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 demineralized water distilled water The use of other types of engine coolant may damage your engine cooling system Outside temperature down to Antifreeze Deminer alized water distilled water 50 SDI1385B CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the cool ant level is below MIN add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient
105. 9 28 Technical and consumer information MEMO Technical and consumer information 9 29 MEMO 9 30 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake system 5 26 Air bag warning labels 1 50 Air bag warning light 1 51 2 13 Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 11 Air conditioner service 4 11 4 14 Air conditioner specification label wvsccssssccssecesscsossssacsnesccassconss 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 14 9 7 Heater and air conditioner QUO MSEC sie ccsccccssscesccsacessiedexeas 4 11 In cabin microfilter 4 14 Alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 Ambient temperature Air conditione ccsscsswcceadsctecccsessesesecess 4 13 Anchor point locations Top tether strap eee eeeeeeee 1 27 ANCONA ssrin rasas 4 28 Anti lock Brake System ABS 5 26 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care 7 2 Interior appearance Care 7 3 Armrest roeper aras 1 9 Ashtray See cigarette lighter and ashtray ssrcen sesoses sassis esise 2 29 Audible reminders cceseeeeees 2 15 Audio operation precautions 4 16 Audio SYSTEM ssssssissssssesssossssessssosssss 4 15 Autochanger Compact Disc CD 4 25 Autolight system
106. ATCH system compat ible child restraint to the lower anchor at tachments in the rear seat follow these steps AY WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstruc tions over the LATCH system anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion mate rial The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compat ible child restraint adjust the height of the child restraint LATCH system an chor attachments to the anchor points on the rear seat 2 Insert the anchor attachments into the anchor points If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 this section for installation instruc tions After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use SSS0281A SSS0282 Sedan TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT A WARNING Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints
107. Apply the parking brake and turn the igni tion key to ON without starting the en gine The following lights will come on SERVICE BRAKE OF 7 NGNE AWD The following lights come on briefly and then go off S ABS KEY 1 gt ga gt or gt SUP gt check n a Be SAT Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low washer fluid warning light P position selecting warning light if so equipped Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light If any light fails to come on it may indi cate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock brake warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock or SET D Cruise set switch indicator light High beam indicator light Blue SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction indicator lamp MIL SLIP Slip indicator light Snow mode indicator light if so SNOW equipped ED VDC OFF Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indica tor light brake system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI d
108. E 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the selector lever to P or N P preferred The starter is designed so that the starter does not operate unless the se lector lever is in either one of the above positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to the N position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed so that it does not operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed 3 Turn the ignition switch to START 4 to crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run re peat the above procedure e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when re starting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e If the engine is very hard to start be cause it is flooded depress the accel erator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the ac celerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above pro cedure AA CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the e
109. ELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Sedan INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval Tire rotation Coupe Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle as front tires are a different size from rear tires and the direction of the wheel rota tion is fixed for each tire A pin is on the front brake rotor to pre vent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor AY WARNING e After rotating the tires check and ad just the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation
110. EZZZZZZXA RIIGIL j ARELA ETEN WEE Led yey GPF LLL CM Le MLLLITL LLL LL SPA1901 Operating range for engine start function The operating range for starting the en gine is inside the vehicle If the Intelligent Key is on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the in strument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key Alarm and warning when locking the doors When the front door warning chime or outside buzzer sounds check for the fol lowing e The ignition knob is turned to LOCK e The Intelligent Key is not left inside the vehicle e Doors are closed securely e The selector lever is in the P position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Alarm and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light in the instrument panel blinks in red e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position
111. Filler ld sasscscccssscsessccsstccssasscosesses 3 28 Fuel ECONOMY scsisiescossscsessccvssseese Fuel economy information display ieidscsssccestsicesseness sevesecrssss Fuel octane rating Fuel recommendation Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver cceeeeee 2 44 GAUBE scscicesscecescsincssasscaassossseadsesssesess 2 3 Fuel SAUSE sc sscsscsssccssssiecesscassssccess Odometel cecceceeees Speedometer Tachometer cecceeeeee General maintenance ccseceeeeee 8 2 GIOVE DOX sicvik devdspecedccesesccassasesssenenes 2 33 Glove box UPPel ccccsescceeseeeees 2 34 Glove box lock ccccccccccessssesasescssewsesss 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 24 Head restraints ssssssrssssis acana 1 8 Headlights Bulb replacement ssssesseesseeseees 8 32 Headlight switch seeeeeee 2 21 Xenon headlights eee 2 20 Heated Seat cccceccsccescseceeeeeeees 2 25 Heater Engine coolant heater 5 30 Heater and air conditioner AUTOMATIC sicsscscccsacssccsecnctivedssess 4 11 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 44 Hood release cccecceecsscsececeeeeees 3 24 Hook Coat hook cscceeceeeeeeeee 2 36 HOM isssicesssdevssdecswessevsvsesvesevedesssccsesss 2 25 ut Ignition knob Intelligent Key SYSUCM i sccdscstevsscesssccisedesssssase es 3 14 5 8 Ignition knob positions 06 5 9 I
112. Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It inte grates advanced engineering and superior craftsmanship with a simple refined aes thetic sensitivity associated with tradi tional Japanese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satis faction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet can be found in your Owner s literature portfolio Always carry it with you when you take your INFINITI to an authorized retailer The portfolio contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the periodic mainte nance required to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satis fying o
113. HAZARD once HORN once UNLOCK LOCK HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once SPA1260A Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 2 Close all doors 3 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob 4 All doors the trunk lid and the fuel filler lid will lock All doors will lock when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition key is in any position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are al ready locked 1 Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors lock with the keyfob while the ignition switch is in the ON position However the switching indicators will not function 3 Doors lock with the keyfob while any door is open However the switching indicators will not function Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once e The drivers door and fuel filler lid un lock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except in the ON position e The interior light timer activates and the interior light comes on for 30 sec ond
114. I1478B CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir A If the fluid level is below the MIN line Q add Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid is added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by an INFINITI dealer AA WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the clutch system AQ CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI1388B Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufactur er s instructions for the mixture ratio Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 A WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children AA CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the
115. ION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards F M V S S certification label is af fixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifica tion Number VIN etc Review it care fully Technical and consumer information 9 11 STIO0368A STI0331A EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information Sedan TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed inside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE SY Mounting holes a a ea aa Da g r O soono ont T lo Flat blade Bumper i Were License plate bracket Screw grommet Screw grommet SS ant STI0332 Technical and consumer information 9 13 Use the following steps to mount the li cense plate Before mounting the license plate con firm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag e License plate bracket e Jj nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket and mark the pilot hole points using holes while al
116. IP COMPUTER INFO Elapsed Time 0000 00 00 Reset Driving Distance 00000 0 mile Reset Average Speed 000 0 MPH Reset Push amp Hold ENTER to Reset All SAA0638 FUEL ECONOMY INFO Average Fuel Economy Fuel Economy 20 A Distance to Empty UE Fos Esonony Recors o Cd SAA0582A FUEL ECONOMY INFO Average Fuel Consumption History SA E T a a oad iI Reset Intervals Latest G J SAA0855 Trip computer information Elapsed Time Driving Distance and Av erage Speed will be displayed To reset each item select the Reset key using the joystick and push the ENTER button immediately before driving the ve hicle Fuel economy information Average fuel economy and distance to empty will be displayed for reference To reset the Average Fuel Economy select the Reset key using the joystick and push the ENTER button If the Fuel Economy Record key is high lighted with the joystick and the ENTER button is pushed the average fuel con sumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems MAINTENANCE INFO 0 8750 7500 miles _ C T _ 9 i 3750 i 7500 miles TE SAA0941 ENGINE OIL Driving Distance 0 3750 7500 miles Reset Maintenance Schedule lt 8750 miles gt O Display Maintenance Notificat
117. LE FADER BALANCE SSV Type A only Normal BASS To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER or BALANCE appears in the display Press the TUNE or A button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the y or N button also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level be tween the front and rear speakers and Bal ance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH press the wy or A TUNE button Type A or press the SSV button Type B After 10 seconds the radio or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display ap pears 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems DISP DISPLAY CHANGE This button will work during FM radio sat ellite radio if so equipped and CD opera tion Find the detailed function in the de scription of each item FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO RADIO FM AM SAT band select Pushing the rano band select button will change the band as follows Without satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 AM With satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 SAT1 SAT2 AM No satellite radio reception is available un less optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed retrofit unavail
118. M The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the regis tered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road de vice or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the fol lowing procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON po sition for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the in terference separate from the regis tered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing 2 18 Instruments and controls the registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobi lizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must ac cept any interference received inc
119. NING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through an INFINITI dealer AY WARNING Do not use your heater with an ungrounded electrical system or tow pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an elec trical shock if you use an ungrounded con nection Starting and driving 5 31 MEMO 5 32 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Roadside
120. PERATION WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY If the Intelligent Key cannot be used be cause its battery is discharged use the metal key to lock or unlock the doors and use the mechanical key or the valet key which is registered to the INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System components to start the engine Removing the mechanical key e Release the lock knob at the back of the intelligent key and remove the me chanical key e To install the mechanical key to the in telligent key securely lock the lock knob and then check that the me chanical key will not move AA CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with the mechanical key installed in it Locking unlocking the doors with the metal key mechanical key valet key and wallet key The doors can be locked unlocked by in serting the metal key into the key cylinder in the driver s door in the same way as the ordinary key Starting the engine with the mechanical key 1 Securely depress the brake pedal 2 Insert the mechanical key or the valet key into the ignition knob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 SPA1632 HOOD SPA1423 3 Turn the ignition knob to START and start the engine 4 After starting the engine release the knob When the engine is off the steering wheel lock cannot be unlocked For important safety information see the 5 Starting and driving section Windows open close
121. ST The three way catalyst is an emission con trol device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gas in the converter is burned at high temperatures to help re duce pollutants A WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AA CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if no ticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are de tected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warning system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure
122. TIT MERCON or equivalent may also be used Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON TII MERCON automatic transmission fluid Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 10 For Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Sedan Automatic transmission models Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance INFINITI recommends the use of un leaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Re search octane number 96 Sedan Manual transmission and Coupe models Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available un leaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following prec
123. Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax If you wish to wax your vehicle only use a wax specified for use over clear coats such as Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax An INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abra sives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish e If the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compounding or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as pos sible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI dealer or any automotive acces sory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in
124. Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Coupe e After removing a rear seat head re straint for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always replace it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First adjust the seatback so that it is up right if so equipped Remove the anchor cover from the anchor point as illustrated Keep the removed cover in a secure place to prevent loss or damage Then secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable Remove the head restraint from the seat back if equipped with an adjustable rear head restraint Store it in a secure place Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straight est installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instruc tion to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the r
125. United States of America and other countries of Microsoft Corpora tion of the USA 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ROOT FOLDER FOLDER gt MP3 or WMA SAA1025 Playback order Playback order of the CD with MP3 or WMA is as illustrated above e The folder names of folders not con taining MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems Version 1S09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not sup ported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate Supported versions Version 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate Tag information 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including route folder Files 512 Text character number limitation 128 characters Displayable character codes 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little End
126. Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers lug gage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This in formation is located on the F M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load pas sengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This informa tion is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 15 Example 1 p Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg Z R R3 CEH 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Luggage kR A 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg
127. able without factory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active When the RADIO band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the RADIO button is turned to ON the other audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the ste reo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception VW WH J TUNE Tuning AA WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Use these buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the TUNE buttons down for more than 0 5 seconds W A SEEK tuning For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button M or A to tune from high to low or low to high fre quencies and stops at the next broadcast ing station For satellite radio Push the SEEK button M or A to seek channels of the next or previous cat egory SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broadc
128. ace the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the dam aged tire 7 Close the trunk Coupe dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster bat tery the instructions and precautions below must be followed WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water AY WARNING If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information 5 Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or War ranty Information Booklet Canada Keep battery out of the reach of e Always make sure that the spare tire children and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become 6 8 In case of emergency e The booster ba
129. ag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AA WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent acci dental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag
130. again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program RPT REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD r gt ALLCDRPT 1CDRPT ee 1CD RANDOM ALL RANDOM 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CD with MP3 or WMA iia CDRPT 1CDRPT 1FLDR Folde RPT gt 1TR Track RPT 1FLDR RANDOM 1CD RANDOM ALLCD RANDOM CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD se lect button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT but ton for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the CD is being played CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to pro tect it CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pen cil as illustrated SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING e Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are
131. al accessories such as cellular telephones AA CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the i outlet SIC2569 Manual transmission models FRONT more than one electrical accessory T th htray h 4 e Use power outlets with the engine run SG ppemane gshiay usta ning to avoid discharging the vehicle To take out the ashtray pull out battery The cigarette lighter operates when the e Avoid using power outlets when the air ignition switch is in the ACC or ON conditioner headlights or rear window position To heat the cigarette lighter defroster is on push in until it latches When the lighter is heated it will spring out auto e Before inserting or disconnecting a matically plug be sure the electrical accessory x soi being used is turned OFF Return the cigarette lighter to its original position after use e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may Instruments and controls 2 29 SIC2570 REAR To open the ashtray pull To take out the ashtray push dow
132. anases 2 44 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so CQUIPPCO sisseiiecsesceccechedesceteteseesispacsesetteseeeterses 2 44 Programming HomeLink ccceceseseeseeseees Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMENS cssvaccsssciseeissnctens EENE EERS Operating the HomeLink Universal TWANSCOIVGM esaiar sensas sissano easset Programming trouble diagnosis Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink DUTON ies issentsccacrveneseeunvesuusavecsseuveresansesctuveeve If your vehicle is stolen cceeeeeeeeeeeeee INSTRUMENT PANEL 8 101112 13 18 19 202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 SIC2792 e N AUDA UN Headlight fog light and turn signal switch Security indicator Steering switch for audio control Driver supplemental air bag Horn Meters gauges Cruise control main set switch 2 Instruments and controls 0 N Windshield wiper washer switch Center ventilator Center display Compass Air condi tioner Ambient temperature Pas senger air bag status light Rear window and outside mirror de fogger switch Heater air conditioner control Clock Navigation system if so equipped Passenger supplemental air bag Upper glove box except for Naviga tion system equipped models Side window defogger Side ventilator Hood lock release handle Trunk lid release switch VDC Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch
133. ard until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB G Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK po sition and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydrau lic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds AA WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result
134. assistance Program cceseeseeseeeeee 6 2 If your vehicle overheats 006 Flat LRG s s cenawasiceesassseicccassssieseesy acc cantveecserses svete 6 2 Towing YOUR VERIClEsscccccsiesssceccsccsssvecssvexenccesass Low tire pressure warning system 6 2 Towing recommended by INFINITI Changing a flat tires scscssscscssassssodivessvectsasecsss 6 3 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck Jump starting vehicle sorser s sais er ESE 6 15 Push starting ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside assistance information booklet Canada for details Both the Warranty Booklet and Roadside Assistance Calling Card in your Owner s Literature Portfolio provide the Toll Free Number to call for assistance Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hours a day 365 days a year for 4 years from the date sold to give emergency roadside help in the event of mechanical or nonmechanical trouble s such as flat tires out of gas dead battery lost keys mechanical breakdown accident etc 6 2 In case of emergency FLAT TIRE LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warning system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tir
135. asting station for 5 seconds Push ing the button again during this 5 sec onds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that sta tion If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station DISP DISPLAY e By pushing the DISP button for more than 1 5 seconds while receiving FM radio waves PS NAME switches be tween ON and OFF Type A only e Pushing the DISP button will display additional information about the satel lite radio broadcast for example Artist name Title Keep pushing the DISP button and it will change the information of the sat ellite radio broadcast to be displayed as follows CH Number CH Name Artist Name Song Title CH Number Station memory operations Twelve stations channels can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 twelve for satellite radio six for SAT1 six for SAT2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memo rizing is now complete Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 4 Other buttons can be set in the
136. atic drive positioner later in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 SUN VISORS AX CAUTION e Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 4 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 Draw out the extension sun visor from the main sun visor to block from farther glare SPA1592E 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS SPA1709B AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection ac cording to the intensity of the headlight of the following vehicle When the inside mirror AUTO switch is pushed the indicator light will illumi nate and excessive glare from the head lights of the vehicle behind you will be re duced When the switch of the inside mir ror OFF switch is pushed the inside mirror will operate normally For HomeLink Universal Transceiver see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section CZ gt SPA1390 OUTSIDE MIRRORS AA WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they ap pear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an acci
137. autions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gaso line as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended AA CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is avail able Many of the automobile manufactur ers developed this specification to im prove emission control system and ve hicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFIC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when avail able Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recom mend the use of fuels of which the oxy genate content and the
138. autions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter Driver s seat Pull the switch up or push it down to ad just the angle and height of the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 SSS0184 D SSS0365 Lumbar support Drivers seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever up or down to adjust the seat lumbar area Walk in mechanism Coupe This feature makes it easier to get in and out of the rear seat Use the following procedure when getting in and out of the rear seat T Pull the seatback lever upward or pull the walk in lever on the side of the front seat upward to fold the front seatback down To slide the front seat forward push the seatback switch below the seatback lever The front seat will move forward 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Get in or out of the vehicle Push the seatback switch again to return the front seat to its original po sition and raise the seatback The front passenger seat will stop at 7 in 175 mm from its front most posi tion to retain space for the rear pas senger CAUTION Do not raise the seatback before re turning the front seat to its original po sition e When returning the seat to its original p
139. available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illus trations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or de sign at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely AA CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully SIC0697 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen aes If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 7 g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the il lustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AA WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to caus
140. ay damage the clutch Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped for a pe riod of time for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake ap plied RPMx1000 Ly Up shift indicator The manual transmission up shift indi cator is located in the instrument panel and shows the driver the time to shift into a higher gear by illuminating The use of the up shift indicator will help you to up shift at a constant engine speed rpm from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed is within about 500 rpm of the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure For example you can use the up shift in dicator when driving as follows e If the maximum engine speed is de sired set the figure at 7 000 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 6 500 rpm and comes on steady at 7 000 rpm e If the maximum engine torque is de sired set the figure at 4 800 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 4 300 rpm and comes on steady at 4 800 rpm e If you want to break in your vehicle use of the up shift indicator with a rather low figure will help you to avoid the high engine speed To make the up shift indicator not come on set the figure at above 7
141. being loaded on the vehicle For safety that weight must not exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AA WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of con trol and cause personal injury Overloading not only could shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehi cle s warranty TOWING A TRAILER Total trailer load ies e F Tongue load Tongue load
142. ble is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic window ad justing function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged The power window has an automatic ad justing function When the door is being opened the window is automatically low ered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automati cally raised slightly SUNROOF if so equipped SIC1854B AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ig nition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is can celed Sliding the sunroof To fully open or close the sunroof press the switch to the CLOSE Q or OPEN Instruments and controls 2 39 side for less than 1 second and release it it need not be held The roof will auto matically open or close all the way To stop the roof press the switch once more while it is opening or closing To open or close the sunroof and stop on the way press the switch to the CLOSE or OPEN 2 side for more than 1 sec ond The roof will stop when releasing the switch Auto reverse function When closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something ca
143. button Refer to Temperature control dial DUAL zone button if so equipped 10 NO the 2 Instruments and controls sec OFF button Start the engine and operate the controls tion A C button to activate the air conditioner fee alr Stal but 10 Manual air flow control button Air recirculation button 5 AUTO ECON button 11 Manual fan control button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow dis tribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO ECON button on AUTO will be displayed 2 If the A C button indicator is off push the A C button to activate air condi tioner The A C button indicator will come on 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally Economical operation ECON Economical operation reduces some load to the engine to improve the fuel economy It allows higher humidity than normal op eration Pushing the AUTO ECON button changes operations as follows while the A C button indicator is on AUTO
144. ces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep it clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as pos sible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ceseceeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance cccseseesesceeeeseeeeeeeeees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 3 Maintenance precautions ceeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations
145. change to 2 wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle with two wheels on a two wheel dy namometer and the other two wheels raised Doing so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury A CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible Never drive on dry hard surface roads in the SNOW mode as this will over load the power train and may cause aserious malfunction If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible
146. cle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and consumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Recommended cold tire inflation pres sure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are con sidered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manu facturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling characteris tics driveability tire noise etc based on the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposi tion the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading In formation label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck
147. d on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating posi tion does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and in structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR earlier in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Air Bag System front seat side impact supplemental air bag
148. d H normal operating tempera ture 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accel erator pedal completely and keep it re leased for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the automatic transmission selector lever in the P or N position or the manual trans mission shift lever in the N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is acceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize perfor mance and help service technicians with diagnosis and repair Depending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the computers monitor emission control sys tems braking systems and air bag sys tems just to name a few Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the compu
149. d with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild de tergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades DI1018MD REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the lock pin then remove the wiper blade 3 Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm until a click sounds If necessary clean the windshield washer nozzle a with a needle or small pin Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL _ SDI1391F SDI1447B D1I1020MO CHECKING PARKING BRAKE Lever type CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL Pedal type From the released position pull the With the engine running check the dis From the released position depress the parking brake pedal slowly and firmly and check the distance between the initial and final position of the pedal If it is out of the range shown below see an INFINITI dealer Range 2 to 3 notches under a depressing force of 44 lb 196 N 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself parking brake lever up slowly and firmly If the number of clicks is out of the range A listed below see an INFINITI dealer Range 6 to 7 clicks under pulling force of 44 lb 196 N
150. dio CD pehtray Cinaretie lighter P 2 29 Heate Hazard warning flasher switch ger air bag status light P 1 44 Rear window and outside mirror de fogger switch P 2 20 Heater air conditioner control P 4 11 Clock P 2 28 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Passenger supplemental air bag P 1 35 Upper glove box except for Navigation system equipped models P 2 34 Side window defogger P 4 10 Side ventilator P 4 10 Hood lock release handle P 3 24 Trunk lid release switch P 3 25 VDC Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF switch P 2 27 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 23 Outside mirror remote control P 3 33 Fuse box P 8 26 Automatic steering column control if so equipped P 3 31 Manual steering column control P 3 30 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 6 SNOW mode switch if so equipped P 2 27 player P 4 22 seat switch P 2 25 P 2 24 Glove box P 2 33 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 7 METERS AND GAUGES SS10075 0 8 Illustrated table of contents 1 Warning Indicator lights P 2 9 2 Tachometer P 2 4 3 Automatic transmission position indi cator AT models P 5 11 Up shift in dicator MT models P 5 15 4 Speedometer P 2 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 4 Reset knob for trip odometer P 2 3 Odometer P 2 3 Up
151. door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manu factured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code pro tection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the training program button SIC2247A SIC2248 1 To begin press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons 2 Position the end of the hand held trans mitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indi cator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light in dicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro Instruments and controls 2 45 grammed device press and hold the programmed HomeLink button re leasing when the device begins to ac tivate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid H
152. e TRIPA See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Start ing and driving section for the use of the up shift indicator Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero 2 4 Instruments and controls RPMxt000 a SIC2560 SIC2561 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone A AA CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range A when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driv ing conditions AX CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature near the hot H of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated con tinued operation of the vehicle may seri ously damage the engine See If your ve hicle overheats in the 6 In case of emer gency section for immediate action required SIC2562 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate
153. e quest switch When closing the doors Symptom The outside buzzer sounds for approxi mately 2 seconds The outside buzzer sounds for approxi mately 10 seconds Possible Cause The doors cannot be locked The ignition knob is not turned to the LOCK position Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the door handle re quest switch Turn the ignition knob to LOCK and push the door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you Close all the doors securely and push the door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK posi tion The key warning light in the instrument anel blinks in red and the outside uzzer sounds 3 times The outside buzzer sounds for approxi mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle The Intelligent Key has been left in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and close the door When closing the trunk When opening the driver s door When stopping the engine The outside buzzer sounds and the trunk opens An inside warning chime sounds con tinuously The P position warning light in the in strument panel blinks in red The Intelligent Key has been left in the trunk room The ignition knob is not in the LOCK positon or the mechanical key or valet ey is inse
154. e and do it yourself section AA CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause seri ous damage to the engine almost immedi ately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so a Intelligent Key warning light for Intelligent Key system if so equipped This light comes on in green when it is possible to turn the ignition knob When the light comes on in red it is not possible to turn the knob e The warning light blinks in red when the Intelligent Key is outside the ve hicle with the ignition knob in the ACC or ON position Confirm the location of the key as soon as possible when the warning light blinks in red Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you while driving the vehicle e The warning light goes off about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 11 P position selecting warning light for Intelligent Key system if so equipped The light blinks in red when the selector lever is not in the P position and you are outside the vehicle with the Intelligent Key When the warning light blinks move the selector lever to P position and return the ignition knob to the LOCK position PN Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E There wi
155. e possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it for ward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child re straint should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints restraint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passenger seat later in this section When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AA CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint AA WARNING The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the automatic locking mode will result in the child restraint
156. e MAX level Then install the radiator filler cap Start the engine and warm it up until it reaches normal operating tempera ture Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under no load Watch the engine coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating Stop the engine After it completely cools down refill the radiator up to the filler opening Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage Recheck the coolant level after the ve hicle has been driven for a day 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL Nas SDI1386D SDI1781 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks If the oil level is below the L mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the se verity of operating conditions AA CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an ins
157. e Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible e Avoid unnecessary engine idling e Keep your engine tuned up e Follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule e Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Low pressure will increase tire wear and waste fuel e Keep the front wheels in correct align ment Improper alignment will cause not only tire wear but also lower fuel economy e Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary 5 22 Starting and driving When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air condi tioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag AWD WARNING LIGHT if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when el There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system 7 EN Comes on The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336 The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys tem while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may
158. e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range e When shifting down move the se lector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession e When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode e In the manual shift mode the trans mission may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving per formance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range 5 14 Starting and driving Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the next time the key is turned to the ON po sition the 47 light will blink for ap proximately 8 seconds after coming on for 2 seconds While the vehicle can be driven under these circumstances please note that the gears in the automatic transmission will be locked in 4th gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive
159. e cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm QY INFINITI 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or trans mitted in any form or by any means electronic me chanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index 1 m io O Illustrated table of contents EXCOGIION siccisesscesssssscssnsacsceisasssaeedcasaescassacsssaectonss 0 2 SOON sisssisisssssacsessccssssseseccsasecessssessssscssscessss 0 2 COUPE siascicsceassevectesadesasssiscnpessgeovesssesseceacuosss 0 3 Passenger compartment sssssssssssisorissssssssssssssssss 0 4 SC fo N 1 AA E A EEE EE 0 4 COUPE wecassssevicctessvecsesescessesseccsxcascasecs evsweessss 0 5 Instrument panel srsiesrre sures rsarosi s a
160. e fail ure Grade C corresponds to a perfor mance level which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B represent higher levels of perfor mance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum required by law AA WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 23 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for details For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your War ranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet Warranty and Roadside As sistance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 47038 Gardena CA 90247 6838 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 9 24 Technical and
161. e if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment e Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Technical and consumer information 9 19 Loading Information label located on the driver side center pillar e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Safety chain Always use a Suitable chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning cor ners Trailer lights AQ CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while us ing the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn 9 20 Technical and consumer information signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 millia
162. e in the event of becoming locked inside the trunk The handle is located on the back side of the trunk lid inside the trunk compart ment To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle towards you until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a mate rial that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light Sedan SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mecha nism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery The handle is located on the back side of the trunk lid inside the trunk compart ment Sedan Access the handle through the interior trunk access hole rear seat armrest Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 SPA1698A Coupe To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases Return the handle to the original position by securing the latch Otherwise it may cause water to leak into the trunk Coupe Access the handle from the rear seat Fold down the rear seatback by pulling the strap located at center bottom of the seatback sideways To open the trunk lid from the rear seat 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases FUEL FILLER LID eae yg SPA1427C Sedan OPENING THE FUEL FILLER LID
163. e is used and maintenance intervals are fol lowed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil vis cosity be selected based on the tempera tures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The rec ommended SAE viscosity number chart shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Technical and consumer information 9 5 Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not cov ered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first rec ommended change in
164. e is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evi dent check for the cause and have it cor rected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold and the engine is turned off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt in sects leaves etc that may have accumu lated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation deterioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AY WARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake s
165. e opened by operat ing the keyfob when the ignition switch is in the ON position Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button G on the key fob for longer than 0 5 seconds with the key removed from the ignition switch 2 The theft warning alarm and head lights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button on keyfob is pressed or The PANIC or the TRUNK button is pushed on keyfob INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig nals to communicate with the vehicle When the Intelligent Key is near the ve hicle such as in your pocket or purse it allows the vehicle to be locked unlocked or started without inserting the ignition key It is also possible to use the remote control entry function AA CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Do not leave the vehicle with the Intel ligent Key inside The Intelligent Key may not function correctly depending on the environ ment or operating conditions It could also malfunction if you do not use it correctly The Intelligent Key transmits faint ra dio waves In the following situations the Intel ligent Key and remote control entry functions may not operate correctly and you may have to use the metal key mechanica
166. e pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the ve hicle is being driven with low tire pres sure lower than 25 psi Sedan 17 inch and Coupe 17 inch wheel model 27 psi Sedan 18 inch wheel model 28 psi Couple 18 and 19 inch wheel model the low tire pressure warning system will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the meter panel This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the 2 Instruments and con trols section and Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section AA WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light flashes while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If
167. e refer to the separate Navi gation System Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SET TING button and select the Display key and Display Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn to amber When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for fur ther operation The screen will turn off au tomatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display Display Duration Setting To set the display duration select the Display Duration Setting key by using the joystick and move the joystick to right or left To turn on the screen push the SET TING button and select the Display key and Display Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER but ton LANGUAGE UNIT LANGUAGE o English o Fran ais l o Metric SAA0946 Language Unit settings The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pushing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US mile MPG Metric o km L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 HOW TO USE THE 3 BUTTON To change the display brightness push the button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness mov ing the
168. e to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for a trailer 100 45 4 e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Class I hitch Class I trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 lb 909 kg You may add Class I trailer hitch equip ment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 lb 909 kg maximum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section AA CAUTION e Do not use axle mounted hitches e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch e To reduce the possibility of additional damag
169. e vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions e Open all the windows e Set the air recirculation switch OFF and the fan control at high to circu late the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommenda tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves refrigerators heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever e Your vehicle is raised while being serviced e You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compart ment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALY
170. ealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function will cease but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate normally See Anti lock brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section If the light comes on while you are Instruments and controls 2 9 driving contact an INFINITI dealer for repair AT SE cHeck Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light blinks for approximately 8 seconds it may indicate the automatic transmis sion system is not functioning properly Have an INFINITI dealer check and repair the transmission AWD AWD All wheel drive warning light AWD models The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See AWD warning light in the 5 Starting and driving section A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in 2 10 Instruments and controls the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the SNOW mode e If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are drivin
171. ear par cel shelf finisher If you have any questions when in stalling a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult an INFINITI dealer for details SSS0300A CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT A WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seri ously injure or kill your child INFINITI recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a front facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 e A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat e The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child
172. ectric Back up light 18 T16 shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced at an INFINITI dealer For High mounted stop light additional information see Headlight and Map light a turn signal switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section License plate light 5 T10 Rear personal light Sedan Step light Trunk light Vanity mirror light See an INFINITI dealer for replacement 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself lt REMOVE 5 Qm nsr Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover D11733 Front side marker light SDI1570A Sedan Rear turn signal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 S 8 34 Maintenance and do it yours ef an Back up light e SDI1510A To replace a back up light 1 Remove all the clips the handle and inside release handle to re move the trunk lid finisher Remove the connector from bulb socket 4 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove the bulb SD11399D Map light Sedan Rear personal light t Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 SDI1407D SDI1401B License plate light 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Low tire pressure warning system This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warni
173. ecurely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For a manual transmis sion move the shift lever to N Neutral position For an automatic transmission models move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and bat tery On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection MFI System the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself AQ CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools do
174. ed b c push the COAST SET switch and re lease it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES ACCEL set switch The ve hicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h REAK IN SCHEDULE AW CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recom mendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as pos sible Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Starting and driving 5 21 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY e Accelerate slowly and smoothly Main tain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position e Drive at moderate speeds on the high way Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy e Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak ing Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles
175. ee eeeeee 9 23 Emission control system warranty 006 9 24 Reporting safety defects US onlly 9 24 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only Event data recorders Owner s Manual Service Manual order IMOMAT cases sasacces de pe aesa EREE a seaee casas 9 26 In the event of a COlliSion ceceeeeee 9 26 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate US Imp Recommended measure measure Liter specifications Fuel 1 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Engine oil 8 Drain and refill With oil filter change 5 qt 4 1 8 qt 4 7 e API Certification Mark 2 3 i API grade SG SH Energy Conserving I amp II or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 2 3 Without oil filter change 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 4 e ILSAC grade GF I GF II amp GF III 2 3 Cooling system st ears aoa Genuine Nissan Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Automatic transmission fluid Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF 4 Manual transmission gear oil Genuine Nissan Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Differential gear oil Transfer fluid Power steering
176. een low and high The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when low or high is se lected The heater is controlled by a thermo stat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will re main on as long as the switch is on 3 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the off posi tion center G 2 26 Instruments and controls AV CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or simi lar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH paved roads you may feel a braking effect This is a normal condition of the AWD model OFF VDC SNOW OFF C SIC2660 SIC1881 For d
177. ehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintention ally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents oN SPA1884 LOCKING WITH KEY Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors trunk lid and the fuel filler lid e Turning the door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors trunk lid and fuel filler lid e Turning the door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle once will unlock the drivers door Turning the door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle again within 5 sec onds will unlock all doors the trunk lid and the fuel filler lid WINDOWS OPEN CLOSE WITH KEY To open the door windows turn the door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle and hold the key for about 1 second To stop opening return the door key cyl inder to the neutral position by turning the key To close the door windows turn the door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle and hold the key for about 1 second To stop closing return the door key cylin der to the neutral position by turning the key In the event of an obstruction such as a hand in the way of door windows the auto reverse function will
178. ehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tube less The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are de fined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears while lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward racing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e summer all season or snow and construction An INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Sa
179. elector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the Starting and driving 5 11 other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC posi tion or if the key is removed from the switch 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AA WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control 5 12 Starting and driving e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while ve hicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident AQ CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Push the button Jus
180. eleration in low altitude ar eas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 Starting and driving 5 17 4th to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control 5 18 Starting and driving Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th MPH km h 35 56 60 96 85 136 PARKING BRAKE SPA1286E Automatic transmission model To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be re leased 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out PD1001MD Manual transmission model To apply Pull the lever up 4 To release
181. emory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second when the seat has already been moved to the memorized position when no seat position is stored in the memory switch when the parking brake is not applied M T models when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h while the parking brake is applied M T models To restart the drive positioner system move the parking brake to off and on when the engine is started while mov ing the automatic drive positioner when the AT selector lever is moved from the P position to any other posi tion However it will not be cancelled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions entry exit function CANCEL SWITCH When the CANCEL side of the switch is pushed the automatic drive positioner system will not function When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed the system will function 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Safety MOC siccsssasssccsnivessacdeesssanntdancssasassastoeveconss 4 2 Control panel buttons with navigation system lf SO Equipped svcssecsscsiescccessravecetsavasescsseetaeneass 4 2 Names of the components cseeeeeeees 4 3 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use PREVIOUS button 4 3 Setting up the start up screen ee 4 3 How to use the INFO button 00 4 3 How
182. eose 8 5 Seat belt usage eee eeee ee eeee 1 9 Supplemental restraint SYSTEM aseeseen ne Ea 1 35 When starting and driving 5 2 PUSH Starting saccscssdssscesscasstescescecasess 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CB radio 4 29 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only 9 24 Rear armrest pocket c ceeeeeeeeee 2 35 Rear power POint cceescceeeeeeees 2 28 Rear seat adjustment eceeee 1 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIT rsrsrsrs asr sinisas 2 20 Registering your vehicle in another COUNTY sisssaisscgacssasscaisscesesessssassasavacs 9 10 10 5 Remote keyless entry System Except Intelligent Key SV SE Messies inaani System For Intelligent Key SYSLOM ersen a EEEE Reporting safety defects US ONY rsisi isineun Roadside assistance program ROLOVEr ssssccsccsscscessccesccsestscssssssavessoass Safety Child seat belts eee Reporting safety defects US OMY ss cdasssesossxecsvacedsssccesxeceesseuecs Towing Safety sisissssssssssssrsssssssesss Seat Belt warning light eee Belt warning light and chime Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment Rear seat adjustment Seat belt s Child Safety s ccccccccscssccsessscnsscceese Injured persons ccseeeeeeeee Larger Children cceseeeeeee Pre tensioner seat belt SYSTEM eres TEE EERE Precautions on seat belt usage
183. er seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured per sons use Seat belts depending on the in jury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AY WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap be
184. ered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Im mobilizer System key an automated toll road device or an automated payment de vice on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON po sition for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the in terference separate from the regis tered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 10 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Make sure the periodical maintenance is being performed e Make sure all windows and lights are clean e Make sure of the proper inflation of tires and their conditions e Make sure to lock all doors e Make sure to adjust seats and head restraints e Make sure to adjust inside and out side mirrors e Make sure to fasten seat belts and di rect all passengers to do likewise e Make sure to check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position STARTING THE ENGIN
185. ermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives i e fuel in jector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these addi tives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the ve hicle for which INFINITI is not respon sible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consump tion or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine
186. es Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies e Always release the parking brake e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position In case of emergency 6 13 e Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans mission models only e Speed Below 60 MPH 95 km h e Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft be fore towing to prevent damage to the transmission 6 14 In case of emergency WF oS gt SCE0488 All wheel drive models All wheel drive models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il lustrated AQ CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the power train VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle After removing the front license plate or the bumper cover securely install the towing hook Located with jacking tools Rein
187. esult in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not al low the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flex ible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced lap shoulder belt and fasten it an ex tender is available The extender adds ap proximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any so lution recommended for cleaning up holstery or carpets Then brush the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AY WARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failu
188. ey continue see an INFINITI dealer BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as fol lows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal de pressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without depressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depres sion as the vacuum is released from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly see an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 FUSES DI1751 SDI1752 SDI1392A Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine com partment Type is used in the passen ger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type fuses can be installed in the en gine compartment and passenger com partment fuse boxes 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself If a type A fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type
189. f these tires will be substantially re duced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult an INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability in formation 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and pro vincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used if desired Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are in stalled according to the chain manu facturer s suggestions However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing tire chains Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with re stricted tire to vehicle clearance Ve hicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE stan dard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspen sion or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter trac tion device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensio
190. fety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good perfor mance for use all year round including snowy and icy road conditions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some ar eas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recom mends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads stud ded tire
191. ff after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion STEERING WHEEL MANUAL OPERATION AY WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your ve hicle and cause an accident Tilt operation Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place Telescopic operation Pull the lock lever G down and adjust the steering wheel forward or backward G to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place SPA1898 AUTOMATIC OPERATION if so equipped AY WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your ve hicle and cause an accident Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the key is removed from the ignition switch This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily The steering wheel moves back into position when the key is inserted into the ignition switch For more information see Autom
192. fluid PSF Brake and clutch fluid tion Refill to the proper oil level according to the instruc tions in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 5 Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or CANADA NISSAN Automatic Trans mission Fluid 6 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 10 Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT 3 U S FMVSS No 116 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants Windshield washer fluid NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Genuine Nissan Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze Fluid or equivalent 4 2 433 4 a0 6 For additional information see later in this section for fuel recommendation For additional information see later in this section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation For additional information see later in this section for recommended SAE viscosity number Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures always above 32 F 0 C DEXRON
193. for installa tion and use Small children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 lbs 9 kg and 40 lbs 18 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufactur ers instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommen dations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child re straints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 lbs 18 kg and 80 lbs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The boost
194. front of lid AY WARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Manual transmission model Coupe manual transmission model To remove the console lid 1 Remove the original hinge mask At tach a cloth when using a screwdriver 2 Loosen 3 screws and remove the lid 3 Install the replacement hinge mask and latch cover equipped with coupe manual transmission model SIC1850 REAR ARMREST POCKET The pocket can store a first aid kit etc AA CAUTION Do not use for heavy articles Coupe Manual transmission model Instruments and controls 2 35 CARD HOLDER Driver s side AA WARNING The card holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation 2 36 Instruments and controls SIC2077A SIC2209 COAT HOOK Coupe To pull out the coat hook push the hook inside and release it AY CAUTION Avoid hanging heavy goods on the hook STOWING GOLF BAGS Coupe Normally two standard golf bags can be stowed in the trunk Insert the top of the golf bag into left side of the trunk room then put the bag forward Insert the top of the 2nd golf bag into right side of the trunk room G and pull it in all the way Depending on their sizes in some cases it may not be possible to store two golf bags WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AY WARNING e Make sure
195. g e blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again e blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible BRAKE Or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the light comes on when the park ing brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not ap plied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI dealer AY WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the neare
196. g material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat Additionally do not stow any objects under the front pas senger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu pant classification system weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the supplemental front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The yellow and orange Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring and connectors should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and oran
197. ge cc ceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Three way catalyst Tilting steering wheel Tire Flat tir cassccassscscsecacsssnsssssvceasesvesss 6 2 Low tire pressure warning SYSTE Meser sieno r TE NE 5 3 Pressure Low tire pressure warning light sssisiscsssssssssssssssssss 2 12 Tire and loading information labelicsssccssvsvssescvesscesescsescys 8 38 9 12 Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 Tires Changing wheels and tires Tire CHAINS c 5 ccasscesscnsestesseeeeossness TIPE PFOSSUE siseses tsonen sasis Types of tires eee Wheel tire size 08 Wheels and tireS ceeeceeee Top tether strap child restraints 1 26 Towing Tow truck towing cceeeeeeee 6 12 Towing a trailer 9 17 Towing load specification chart 9 19 Towing Safety ceceeeeeceeeeeee 9 19 Trailer tOWING ssccciessssetsssetesioessceaeses 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TRANS CEIVED os scissscssdescascsssocssaceesseesees 2 44 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATE E AE E EE EE 8 13 Driving with automatic TANSMISSION scissscccacesesceseacs 5 6 5 11 Driving with manual trANSMISSION ceceeeeeee 5 7 5 15 Transmission selector lever lock release vescascccccscsccsccsseccsevesseeecvees 5 15 Transmitter With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key SYSLEM sisicecvesseveseseessscenssdscweseseeaiawes 3 20 Transmitter W
198. ge for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sec tions in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 SSS0190 Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems The supplemental side air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are de signed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be fol lowed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions on the side of the vehicle im pacted although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side colli sions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard follo
199. ge or personal in jury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is re paired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready con dition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condi tion is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test con dition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern an INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you AA WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru dent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant tempera ture gauge needle points between the C an
200. ght will come on for approximately 0 5 sec onds When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled Reset the desired position using the previous procedure Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 Selecting the memorized position 1 For vehicles equipped with automatic transmission set the selector lever to the P Park position For vehicles equipped with manual transmission place the shift lever in the N Neutral position and set the parking brake Turn the ignition ON Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat and steering column will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h when the adjusting switch for the driv ers seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments when the cancel switch is pushed to cancel However it will not be can celled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are re turning to the previous positions entry exit function when the m
201. gnition switch except Intelligent Key system 5 6 Automatic transmission Models cassssverseasy cvsaveceseesveccs 5 6 5 11 Key POSITIONS sissvececssssecisansseeeeness 5 7 Manual transmission models wa saiisssteiativescesenc saetes 5 7 5 15 Immobilizer system cesses eee 2 18 In cabin microfilter c eeeceeee 4 14 Indicator lights ssssissssossssssssssssssosssis 2 14 INFINITI air bag system 0 1 42 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Start s cscssccssssssccsscsscss 5 8 5 9 Inside automatic anti glare MINT OF sessssseess cess ssvxscaresccavecssoassecseves 3 32 Inspection maintenance I M LOSE sis ketacusdecdesssasaselancanseosacesenerecstaes 9 24 Instrument brightness control 2 23 Instrument panel eeeeeeeeee wees 2 2 Intelligent Key System 3 9 Intelligent Key system Engine Stating ss sccssscsesessesscaasscascessssaasseseves 3 14 Intelligent Key system Key operating ANGE s sscsccecccssccssessdseaconss 3 16 Intelligent Key system Key OPCratiOns cccccccscccssncssccaveessssazessceses 3 11 Intelligent Key system Mechanical key and valet key ceeeeeeseseeeeees 3 23 Intelligent Key system Operating TNE CNSIMES i cisesiccstsiscosevasvasicusssenees 3 14 Intelligent Key system Remote keyless operation ceeeeeeeeeeeee 3 20 Intelligent Key system Trouble shooting guide 3 19 Intelligent Key system Warning WIS ts ives E E
202. h For additional information see Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and Steering wheel earlier in this section 3 Turn the ignition ON Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Key to a stored memory position A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the fol lowing procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illumi nated for 5 seconds press the a button on the keyfob or Intelli gent Key The indicator light will blink After the indicator light goes off the keyfob or Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch press the a button on the key fob or Intelligent Key The driver s seat and steering wheel will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator li
203. h key Windows open close with key Locking with inside lock knob Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Child safety rear door lock Sedan 3 5 Remote keyless entry system models without Intelligent Key system cceesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 5 How to use the remote keyless entry SVSCCM sass cisscuseweseatepascssensiastecasess EENEI EREE 3 6 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution 665 3 11 Intelligent key operation ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 11 Opening and closing window6 4 3 13 Operating the engine cece eeeeeeeeee 3 14 Intelligent key operating range 3 16 Warning Signals sisssssssssissscssvsissescssssssssssss 3 17 Trouble shooting guide eee eeseeeee eens 3 19 Operation with intelligent remote keyless Entry SYSTEM icssascecccsscsscs oss asesssssdegecdssswessese 3 20 Operation with the mechanical key and Valet KOY cccsssesaverctvcssssesicsensascuacionsssancesancees 3 23 Opener OPEratiON 2 ssccisesscssccssccssscssaesscssces Interior trunk lid release Secondary trunk lid release Fuel fler Ids tevvccceves seseesassccssersavervecveveseeeconveess Opening the fuel filler lid eee Fuel filler Capisccssecsssssscscssscssscccssscsssessscesecss Steenine Wheel sssececscescescesscessncescessesaceascsossaess Manual OPerationisis cccossscassivavessosesscsossesees Automatic operation if so equipped
204. he 2 Instruments and controls section AY WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light flashes while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure 5 4 Starting and driving for all four tires Adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a Spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emer gency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or system resetting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors AX CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning system will not func tion properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer
205. he active head restraints as described in the previous section SSS0186 ARMREST if so equipped Pull the armrest forward until it is hori zontal SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly en courages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most states provinces or territories re quire that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SSS0136A AY WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the en tire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be a
206. hield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically For example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid level Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the res ervoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level location and turning off the engine Wait at least 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes imme diately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Carbon monox ide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after us
207. hile the ignition knob is not in the LOCK position 3 Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key while any door is open Outside buzzer sounds to warn you However doors lock with the metal key even if any door is open 4 Doors do not lock with door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and outside buzzer sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another Intelligent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Push the door handle request switch once Drivers side e The driver door and fuel filler lid un lock Front passenger side e Only corresponding door unlocks 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside buzzer sounds once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 5 seconds e All doors and the fuel filler lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once and outside buzzer sounds once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically after pressing the door handle request switch unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute e any door is opened e the ignition knob is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition knob The interior light ceiling light if so e
208. his 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key or the remote keyless entry or the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON the system will not activate Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will acti vate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked and ignition switch off Turn the ignition switch to ACC to turn off the sys tem Vehicle security system operation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key by pushing any front door handle request switch or by pressing the UNLOCK button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by e Opening the door without using the key or keyfob or Intelligent Key e Opening the trunk lid without using the keyfob or Intelligent Key e Opening the hood How to stop alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key by pushing any door handle request switch or by pressing the UNLOCK button on keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 17 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTE
209. ian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before us ing the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time be fore the music starts playing If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specif
210. ications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song when playing When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the de sired order 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SAA0937 TUNE MP3 SEEK 15 ri v SAA0938 WN oy gt 90 9 CD EJECT button CD play button RADIO FM AM SAT band button Audio display PTY CAT Type A SSV Type B button DISP Display CHANGE button SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button CD LOAD button POWER ON OFF button Volume control knob select 10 AUTO P Automatic preset button 11 RPT repeat play Type A RPT repeat play CAT button Type B 12 SCAN tuning button 13 Station preset FM AM SAT CD insert or CD play select button 14 AUDIO BASS TREBLE FADER BAL ANCE SSV Type A only button 15 RADIO TUNE FF REW AUDIO BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE SSV T
211. ick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation ale Install the engine undercover into po sition as the following steps Pull the center of the small plastic clip out Hold the engine undercover into posi tion Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground Dispose of waste oil and filter prop erly AA WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID If checking or replacement is required we recommend an INFINITI dealer for servic ing AA CAUTION e Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment Mainte
212. ight Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section e After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked SSS0366 Interior trunk access Sedan Pull the partition down to access the trunk from the rear seat The partition can be locked using the master key to prevent unauthorized ac cess To lock the partition turn the key to the lock position To unlock turn the key to the unlock position Remove the key while opening or closing 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the partition Otherwise the partition may be damaged SSS0219 Coupe Pull the handle on the left side of the trunk and push the seatback forward to access the trunk from the rear seat A WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When raising the seatback make sure to lock the seatback The pop up knob on the seatback will latch in when the seat back is locked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SSS0125D SSS0178A SPA1025 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob and push the head restraint down Ad
213. igning the towing hook hole of the front bumper fascia 2 Remove the license plate bracket 3 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 40 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 4 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 5 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to turn part 90 de grees 9 14 Technical and consumer information Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a col lision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your ve hicle vehicle weight including stan dard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire as sembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo e GVW Gross Vehicle
214. in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation The INFINITI air bag system has dual stage inflators for both the driver and passenger air bags The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle switches occupant classification sensor weight sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator opera tion is based on the severity of a collision and whether the seat belts are being used For the front passenger it addition ally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions de Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 pending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper per formance of the
215. inal equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury An incorrect cap could also cause the SIONE malfunction indi cator lamp to illuminate Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious in jury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the GNE malfunc tion indicator lamp MIL to illuminate If the onf lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ane lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the an lamp does not turn o
216. ing than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the elec trical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself headlight switch are in the OFF posi tion 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 4 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer SDI1754 Type B KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT DI1731 KEYFOB EXCEPT INTELLIGENT KEY Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it gets wet immediately wipe it completely dry
217. ion SAA0942 OIL FILTER Driving Distance 0 3750 7500 miles Reset Maintenance Schedule lt 8750 miles gt O Display Maintenance Notification SAA0943 Maintenance information You can set the engine oil and the oil filter interval To display the setting of the maintenance interval select the Engine Oil or Oil Filter key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joystick and move the joystick to right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the Reset key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA TION automatically when set trip distance is reached select the Display Mainte nance Notification key and push the EN TER button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION PIT v Maintenance of the following item is due Engine Oil Oil filter SAA0968 Maintenance notification The MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION screen ENGINE OIL or OIL FILTER will be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position e the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the prev
218. ion If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible SSD0287 MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting To change gears or when up shifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To en sure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully de pressed before the transmission is Starting and driving 5 15 shifted a gear noise may be heard Trans mission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in se quence according to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 Low gear shift to N Neutral and then release the clutch pedal once Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1 4 WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage 5 16 Starting and driving AX CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This m
219. ious display after the MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION screen is displayed push the PREVIOUS button The MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the following con ditions are met e Reset is selected e Display Maintenance Notification is set OFF e the maintenance interval is set again 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SeTTINGS Display Language Unit mi Short Menus Softer aiml gt Louder O Guidance Volume SAA0944 HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON The SETTINGS screens will appear when the SETTING button is pushed CLOCK SETTING lt Hours gt ere 0 Chee the SAA0947 CLOCK SETTING lt Hours gt M r date Oh SAA0948 CLOCK SETTING lt Hours gt GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust O Daylight saving Time Select Time Zone SAA0949 Clock setting Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting press the PREVIOUS button Setting daylight savings time Use the Daylight Saving Time key to ad just the clock to daylight savings time ON The displayed time advances by 1 hour OFF The current time is displayed Adjusting the time to the GPS Select the Auto Adjus
220. is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chime will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the Instruments and controls 2 15 ignition switch ignition switch is turned off Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The chime will sound when the front door is opened with the headlight switch on unless the ignition switch is in the ON po sition Make sure to turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires re placement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo tion whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 16 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS S1C2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle Security System e Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides vi sual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot p
221. ithout Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry SYSTEM sssscssoccscoesssceaseetsecaesoasaeoesseouse 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Trip computer information CISPLAY sisisssscevescscnsveccsveccescacessacevesse 4 4 Trouble shooting guide for Intelligent Key system 44 3 19 THUNK IG scccssccsssssecsscsssssscosssscessessases 3 25 Turn signal SWitCh ee eee eee eeee 2 24 U Underbody cleaning ceeeeeeeeeeee 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 Up shift indicator M T models 5 16 Vv Valet key for Intelligent Key SYSTEM s sdicesdsesveseadassceassesessdeasvecewess 3 23 Vanity mirror light ceeeeesee eens 2 43 Vehicle Dimensions and weights 9 9 Identification number VIN 9 10 Loading information 9 14 Recovery freeing a stuck VENICE cc cones cocedcaea sens cocdesveveewtess 6 15 Security SySteM scsceeeesesees 2 16 Vehicle dynamic control VDC OR SWITCH cases veceesscesscecensceaastecuess 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC SY SCCM csc ssatesessvssaseceasnessacesessdsseenses 5 27 VentilatOrs s issccccscesessssccesssevesceveseses 4 10 w Walk in mechanism ceseeceeee 1 4 Warning labels Air bag warning labels siesd sesye sns nases reurs ransas i 1 50 Warning light Air bag warning light 1 51 2 13 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9
222. ive air conditioning system service An INFINITI dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI dealer when ser vicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ35DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm E Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm Pa ba a gi Pa CO percentage at idle speed No air Standard PLFR5A 11 Spark plug Service option PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain 9 8 Technical and consumer information 1 Cylinder number The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Position Size Offset in mm 17 x 7J 1 77 45 Sedan Aluminum 18 x 7 1 2 1 77 45 Front 17 x 7 1 2J 1 18 30 Rear 17 x 8 1 30 33 P Front 18 x 8J 1 18 30 coupe Aluminum Rear 18 x 8J 1 18 30 Front 19 x 8J 1 18 30 Rear 19 x 8 1 2 1 30 3 Tire Type Position Size Pressure Cold Conventions P215 55R17 93V 210 kPa 30 psi 235 45R18 94W 230 kPa 33 psi Sedan T
223. iving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so AA CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control mod ules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI dealer Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 MEMO 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 00 5 2 Three way catalyst ee eeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 3 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 AWD driving safet
224. joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 sec onds or if the PREVIOUS button is pushed the display will return to the pre vious display VENTILATORS SAA0563A SAA0564B Front Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators Open or close and adjust the air flow di rection of ventilators K This symbol indicates that the vents are closed when the vent le ver is moved left front or down rear This symbol indicates that the vents are open when the vent lever is moved right front or up rear Ml 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Rear if so equipped HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic AY WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not leave children or adults who would nor mally require the assistance of others in your vehicle Unattended pets should also not be left alone e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up 11 10 9 8 7 6 e Positioning of the heater and or air con ditioner controls should not be done SAA0936 while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation 1 DEF button 2 Rear window defroster
225. just the head restraints so the center is level with the center of your ears A WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant protec tion against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats A WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous sec tion Failure to do so can reduce the ef fectiveness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair ac tive head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping ab sorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for col lisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in cer tain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust t
226. k unlock all doors fuel filler lid activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of ap proximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional In telligent Key contact an INFINITI dealer 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments The lock and unlock buttons on the Intel ligent Key will not operate when e the Intelligent Key is too far away from the vehicle e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the Intelligent remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are se curely locked The operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the ve hicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door The panic alarm will not activate when the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition knob SPA1895 How to use remote keyless entry system Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the ve hicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when
227. ke sure to recharge the battery immediately Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 5 SPA1886 Intelligent Key 2 sets Mechanical key metal key 2 sets Valet key metal key 1 set Wallet key and key case card type metal key 1 set 5 Key number plate DAUNE 1 set 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Refer to INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system IVIS keys earlier in this sec tion AY WARNING e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can adversely affect medical electric equipment e If you have a pacemaker you should contact the medical equipment manu facturer to ask if it will be affected by the Intelligent Key signal The valet key cannot be used for the glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Record the key number on the key number plate metal tag and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet NOT IN THE VEHICLE A key number plate is sup plied with your key Keep the plate in a safe place INFINITI does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional re mote controllers contact an INFINITI dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions can become cancelled Please contact an INFINITI dealer AA CAUTION Be sure to car
228. l front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child For addi tional information see Child re straints earlier in this section SSS0100 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 SSSO0059A SSS0188A AY WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se verity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ ous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be serious
229. l key valet key or wal let key e when there are strong signals coming from a television tower power station or broadcasting sta tion e when you have wireless equipment or a cellular phone with you e when the Intelligent Key is in con tact with or covered by a metallic material e when radio wave type remote con trol entry is used nearby e when the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer The Intelligent Key continually con sumes battery power as the key re ceives a signal to communicate with the vehicle Battery life is about 2 years although it varies depending on the operating conditions When the battery of the Intelligent Key is low the green blinking key warning light goes out about 30 seconds after the ignition knob is turned to ON If the battery runs down replace it with a new one If the Intelligent Key receives strong signal over an extended period of time the battery could quickly run down Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Because the ignition knob is elec tronically controlled if the battery is completely discharged when the igni tion knob is in the LOCK position the steering lock cannot be released and the ignition knob cannot be turned including the mechanical key Be careful not to completely discharge the battery In case the battery is completely dis charged ma
230. le Never increase speed Be careful when passing other ve hicles Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass Technical and consumer information 9 21 the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes e To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use sixth gear manual trans mission or fifth position automatic transmission e Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat re sulting in reduced braking efficiency e Increase your following distance to al low for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer e Check your hitch trailer wiring har ness connections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break e When stopped in traffic for long pe riods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When towing a trailer transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently 9 22 Technical and consumer information For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a
231. le damage from acid rain e After driving in coastal areas to pre vent possible damage from sea salt e When foreign objects such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal par ticles or insects get on the paint sur faces e When dust or mud builds up on the paint surfaces Whenever possible store or park your ve hicle inside garage or in covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint sur face when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the ve hicle with a wet sponge and plenty of 7 2 Appearance and care clean water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such as Nissan Car Wash or a general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water AA CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or dam aged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt
232. lights are not aimed correctly immedi ately take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer and have the headlights ad justed correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and bright ness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short inter vals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced e Ifa xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will dras tically decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer S1C2227 SIC2228 SIC2229 Type A HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the paz position The front park side marker tail li cense plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the 0 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Type B AA CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Autolight system Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the head lights to be set so they turn on and
233. ll be a small reserve of fuel re maining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 12 Instruments and controls Low tire pressure warning light After the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on for about 1 second and turns off This light warns of low tire pressure INFINITI s low tire pressure warning system is a tire pressure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pres sure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire informa tion placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual The recommended inflation pressure may also be found on the Tire and Loadi
234. lly raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Re move the wheel nuts and then re move the tire 6 6 In case of emergency AY WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while ve hicle is on the jack This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differ entials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack SCE0039 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the wheel on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Coupe models When replacing a front tire make sure the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor
235. ls Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance INFINITI recommends the use of un leaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Re search octane number 96 Coupe models Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available un leaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gaso line as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended AA CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving I a
236. lt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 SS0293 SSS0290 Front seat Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re tractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat Rear seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a locking mechanism for child re straint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached
237. luding interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT Security indicator light If Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning indicator light will re main on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI dealer for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Infiniti Vehicle Immobi lizer System keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SIC2821 The windshield wiper and washer oper ates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward a Slower or Faster Also the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster Low continuous low speed opera tion High continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 5 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also oper ate several
238. ly injured Be especially careful with children who should al ways be properly restrained Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation SSS0159 SSS0162 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 SSS0416 INFINITI air bag system front 4 Occupant classification sensor seats 5 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags 6 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag modules 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front air bag modules 3 Supplemental side air bag modules 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Diagnosis sensor unit 8 Seat belt pre tensioner 9 Satellite sensors 10 Occupant classification system con trol unit SSS0418 Coupe This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is de signed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also per mitted in Canada However all of the in formation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces
239. m ABS Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 27 Cold weather driving eseceeseseeseseeeeeeeee 5 29 Freeing a frozen door lock eeeeeeeeees 5 29 ANtifre Ze 3 cccccssicssscssssssesssssssssccsesesessssas sass Battery cscccsscstccsccsassatsceriseasssssssiev ess Draining of coolant water Tire EQUIPMENT eee eeee eee e ee Special winter equipment Driving ON SNOW OF ICC ccccesceesceeseoeees Engine block heater if so equipped 5 30 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AY WARNING Do not leave children impaired adults or pets alone in your vehicle They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain 5 2 Starting and driving colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering th
240. m of the instrument panel To open slide the trunk lid release switch located at the bottom of the instrument panel or press the TRUNK button of the keyfob To close push the trunk lid down se curely Trunk open request switch Models without Intelligent Key system The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the front passenger inside lock knob is in the unlock position Models with Intelligent Key system The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob posi Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 tion See Intelligent Key system earlier in the section 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1897 Cancel switch When the cancel switch located inside the glove box is OFF the trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch the trunk lid cannot be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch for models equipped with the Intelli gent Key system the trunk lockout protection function is not activated When the cancel switch located inside the glove box is OFF the trunk lid can be opened with the TRUNK button of the key fob or Intelligent Key SPA1591B SPA1590A Sedan INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escap
241. may damage the transmis sion transfer case and differential gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as re quired Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Informa tion US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Infor mation Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the un derside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire T type Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or in volved in an accident AA CAUTION The T type spare tire should be used only for an emergency It should be re placed
242. may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI dealer JL QL SDI1389 Power steering fluid pump Fan Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor oS ey Tension checking points AA WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate un expectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying oil adhe sion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it re placed or adjusted by an INFINITI dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS AA WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs le SDI0145D REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required INFINITI dealer for servicing Platinum tipped spark plugs see an It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as fre quently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AIR CLEANER If maintenance is
243. meLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmit ting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink con tinue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter butto
244. mp II or API grade Sj or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF I GF II amp GF III e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 viscosity oil may be used for ambient above O F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the inside of the driver side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule Infor mation found in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the fu ture reliability and economy of your new vehicle temperatures ST1I0408 Engine oil 8 10 Meters and gauges 2 3 Hood release 3 24 Seat 1 2 Seat belt 1 9 Key 3 2 Spare tire 6 4 8 46 Fuel 3 28 9 2 Audio system 4 15 Heater and air conditioner 4 11 10 Battery 8 16 11 Engine coolant 8 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 8 15 2 ANS oP YY YM gt
245. mps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that ex ceeds these power requirements may dam age the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact an INFINITI dealer or reputable trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AA WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load over load worn suspension or other pos sible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half e Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light op eration and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle e Be certain your rear view mirrors con form to all federal state or local regu lations If not install any mirrors
246. n and pull out AY WARNING The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation 2 30 Instruments and controls AX CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter STORAGE SIC2815 INSTRUMENT POCKET Except for Navigation system equipped models AY WARNING The instrument pocket should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation lih al sh t a I fond ry ss EE SIC1971 SUNGLASSES HOLDER The sunglasses holder can be opened by pushing the button AA WARNING e The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident AX CAUTION Do not use for anything other than sun glasses Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses SIC2571 Automatic transmission models Front CUP HOLDER WARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Front Automatic transmission models To open the cup holder push
247. n See an INFINITI dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the Intelligent Key FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules the certification number These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency en ergy and if not installed and used in ac cordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio com munications However there is no guar antee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be de termined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different
248. n nass 0 6 Meters and gaugeS ssesessssessssesssessesesseessees 0 8 Engine compartment locations ssesssseeessesseeesee 0 9 EXTERIOR 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 2 SS10069 SEDAN Engine hood Page 3 24 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 Windshield P 8 20 Sunroof P 2 39 Power windows P 2 37 Towing hook P 6 15 Fog light switch P 2 24 Front side marker light P 8 32 Tire pressure P 8 36 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 42 Mirrors P 3 32 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 Trunk lid P 3 25 Interior trunk lid release P 3 27 Rear window defogger switch P 2 20 Fuel filler lid P 3 28 Rear combination light P 8 32 Child safety locks P 3 5 SS10005 COUPE Engine hood P 3 24 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 Windshield P 8 20 Sunroof P 2 39 Power windows P 2 37 Towing hook P 6 12 Fog light switch P 2 24 Front side marker light P 8 32 Tire pressure P 8 36 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 42 Mirrors P 3 32 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 Trunk lid P 3 25 Interior trunk lid release P 3 27 Rear window defogger switch P 2 20 Fuel filler lid P 3 28 Rear combination light P 8 32 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
249. n the passenger air bag inflating in a crash in stead of being OFF See Child restraints later in this section for proper use and in stallation If the front passenger seat is not occu pied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the weight sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instruc tions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front pas senger air bag is automatically turned OFF The light will illuminate indicating the air bag is OFF and will not inflate when the front passenger seat is not oc cupied If an adult occupant is in the seat and the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat or not using the seat belt properly If a child re straint must be used in the front seat but the status light is not lit indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant
250. n the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat is compatible with your child Al ways follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and provinces of Canada require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being op erated AY WARNING Improper use of a booster seat can in crease the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be pos sible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be posi the seating surface and buckles before tioned to fit the booster seat but as placing your child in the booster seat upright as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and
251. nance and do it yourself 8 13 POWER STEERING FLUID eee j HOT MAX Ra yh HOT MIN SE Lik J COLD MAX COLD MIN SDI1408A Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C AV CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For additional brake fluid specification in formation refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section A WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or con taminated fluid may damage the brake sys tem Do not add synthetic brake fluid The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stop ping ability AA CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water SDI1569A BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir a If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genu ine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by an INFINITI dealer awe MIN SD
252. nbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a Seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drink ing alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring your self and others Additionally if you are in jured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of al cohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related acci dents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxi cated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people under estimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AA WARNING e Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e Always use tires of the same type size brand c
253. nce as illustrated AA CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground not to the battery e Make sure jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the other ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the normal manner AA CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 6 10 In case of emergency After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be con taminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing AA CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AY WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage
254. nd consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system mal function has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENE lamp should turn off after a at SERVICE few driving trips If the Ne lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the re tailer Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emis sion control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or decel eration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the re tailer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system SLIP Slip indicator light This indicator will
255. nd use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st or 2nd gear when driv ing above 35 MPH 56 km h If the engine coolant rises to an ex tremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the rec ommended maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will ad versely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly causing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce vehicle speed This combination will help stabilize the ve hic
256. ners when recom mended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of damage to the fenders or under body If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be dam aged and or vehicle handling and per Starting and driving 5 29 formance may be adversely affected e Never install tire chains on TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tires e Do not use tire chains on dry roads e Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mecha nisms of the vehicle due to some over stress 4 For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand con struction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e a scraper and stiff bristled brush to re move ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e a sturdy flat board to be placed under 5 30 Starting and driving the jack to give it firm support a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AA WAR
257. ng In formation label Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 25 psi Sedan 17 inch and Coupe 17 inch wheel model 27 psi Sedan 18 inch wheel model 28 psi Coupe 18 and 19 inch wheel model the light will illuminate and the chime will sound for about 10 seconds For additional information see Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section AA WARNING e If the light does not come on with the key switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e If the light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Ad just the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tac
258. ng system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressure of the tires in cluding the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Recommended Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be check when the tires are cold The tires are consid ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at
259. ngine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your ve hicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth opera tion Shown on the following pages are the rec ommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector le ver button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before at tempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ig nition switch is ON The s
260. not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use e A new disc may be rough on its inner SAA0974 Volume control switch Power on off switch MODE select switch Memory change Seek and APS switch STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off AUNE Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the sequence of AM FM1 FM2 SAT1 if so equipped SAT2 if so equipped and CD Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to in crease or decrease the volume VIN Memory change radio Tuning Push the tuning switch vy or A for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch vy or A for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW CD Push the tuning switch vy or A for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the be ginning of the present program or skip to the next
261. ns without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming dif ficulties please contact the INFINITI Con sumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and re lease when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the fol lowing 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds posi tion the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held trans mitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The
262. ns the 31st measurement of how much weight week of 2003 each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Speed Rating The speed rating de notes the speed at which a tire is de signed to be driven for extended peri ods of time The ratings range from 98 miles per hour MPH to 186 MPH You may not find this information on SDI1607 all tires because it is not required by law TIN Tire Identification Number for new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Iden tification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturers identi fication mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum per missible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the v
263. o cated in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direction and other driving condi tions The display may differ from the ac tual outside temperature or the tempera ture displayed on various signs or bill boards OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 The sensor on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and maintenance guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI dealer The filter should be replaced if air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioning system 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle is charged with a refrig erant
264. ock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically un less one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pressing the UNLOCK button e opening any door e the ignition knob is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition knob The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Opening the windows See Opening and closing windows on the previous page Releasing the trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button 3 on the In telligent Key for longer than 0 5 sec onds when the ignition switch is in any position except the ON position 2 The trunk lid opens The trunk lid cannot be opened by operat ing the Intelligent Key when the ignition knob is in the ON position Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the In telligent Key for longer than 0 5 sec onds with the metal key removed from the ignition knob or the ignition knob not pushed in The theft warning alarm and head lights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when It has run for 25 seconds or Any one of the buttons on the Intelli gent Key is pushed SY SPA1878 O
265. omeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener sig nal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Press and release the training button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to re move the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the training button on the garage door open ers motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person 2 46 Instruments and controls for convenience to assist when per forming this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program button firmly press and re lease the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your Ho
266. omes on the cruise control system is operational SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the en gine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer D High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE P A ENGINE Malfunction indicator lamp MIL If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least three gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the THONE lamp should turn off if no other potential emis sion control system malfunction exists If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec onds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical a
267. ommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sccseeseseeeeeeeeees 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Specifications wesc scsicssciccesecxessedecsacavescasenvs ENSiNe scsssccscscevescssscees Wheels and tires Dimensions and weights cseseeeeeeeeeee When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNILY sesscsssssceescsscatsasscseaadessasercsvaveess 9 10 Vehicle identification cccceeceecececeeeeees 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN DIALG RT ATAT 9 10 Vehicle identification number Chassis NUMDE sssssssissscsssssssssassssrssssssssass 9 10 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate Vehicle loading information Vehicle load capacity cceeeeeseseeeeeeeee Loading CPS sisscscassccustevassesacessvassesdcesscveseces Towing a CHAML EN ceavied iecnncxvevdsvaueds cevseceseessd Eer Maximum load MitS ssssssssisssssssassisssnssosssss Towing load specification 9 19 Towing safety sx 9 19 Flat OWNS aisscsccesisasssecesscasescsassess wee 9 22 Uniform tire quality grading eee e
268. on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SRS side impact air bag The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sen sors crash zone sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seatbelt and all related wiring After turning
269. on the meter panel then blinks to warn the driver e If the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically e If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer e The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the RES ACCEL COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order indicated 5 20 Starting and driving ACCEURES tt COAST SET CANCEL 3 ON OFF SSD0428 ACCEL or RESUME switch COAST or SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal wW N e To turn on the cruise control push the main switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set at cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain
270. onstruction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Starting and driving 5 5 e This vehicle is not designed for off road rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in e Do not place an AWD equipped vehicle on a two wheel dynamometer or raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D drive or R re verse position Doing so may result in transmission damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal in jury e Never operate the accelerator pedal with any wheels raised and the other wheels on the ground while jacking up or with any wheels on a roller and the other wheels on the ground Otherwise the vehicle could lurch forward or back ward e When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively 5 6 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH except Intelligent Key system SSD0083 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes an anti theft steering lock device On automatic trans mission models the ignition lock is de signed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P position If the selector lever is not returned to the P position the key cannot be moved to ward LOCK When remo
271. oolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection Cruise control Cup holder fisccscseesecesisvcsensviocesvaveeen D Daytime running light system 2 23 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SW TCH cssssccssssccssccsscsssccsssscssseesssavesss 2 20 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Door open warning light 2 11 Drive belleses nusser 8 18 Drive positioner Automatic 3 34 Driving Cold weather driving 5 29 Driving with automatic transmission csssscecsiseccseesses 5 6 5 11 Driving with manual traNSMISSION eceeceeee 5 7 5 15 Precautions when starting and CHIVAS sasssesesecvesvevesvessnesvavesvasvececs 5 2 E Economy FUEL cscscss ecsccoscessasssceevess 5 22 Emission control information LAD Ol ois civeccacesvivesecesetacdanecebeassavsnases 9 12 Emission control system WAITAMNLY scscsesecssscdssasssscdssssescoassacaseas 9 24 Engine Before starting the engine 5 10 Break in schedule 066 5 21 Capacities and recommended fuel lUDicantS c ccccccccicaseeesscdees 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Coolant temperature gauge 2 4 Engine block heater 5 30 Engine compartment check LOCATIONS siscssssscessccs
272. or child restraint Otherwise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If a malfunction occurs in the front pas senger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Other supplemental front air bag precautions 4 WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any ob jects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placin
273. or control Outside Mirrors ccceeceeeeeeee 1 17 o OGOMEGtER sasssscsccsccsdcecsssescsesinssoes cesses 2 3 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lUbricants cceecceeeeseees 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 8 11 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Engine Oil isscsssccssssccsesesssesss 8 10 Engine oil viscosity eee 9 5 Operating the engine Intelligent Key SYSTEM x csccs sea vevceccsvsecesecevseccaess 3 14 Outside mirror control 006 3 33 Outside MirrOrs eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 33 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual Order iNfFOrMALION scsessssssessscesseess 9 26 P Parking Brake cheeKsivesscdsi cossieveenascsscessss 8 22 Parking brake check 5 18 Parking brake operation 5 18 Parking on hills we 5 18 Parking parking on hills 5 24 Phone Car phone or CB radio 4 29 Power Front seat adjustment Power door lock 00 Power outlet sceceeseeeeeeeeeee Power steering fluid 8 14 Power steering system 5 25 Power WINCOWS ccesceesceeeee 2 37 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 49 Precautions Audio operation eeeseeeeeeee 4 16 Braking precautions 4 5 25 Child restraints 1 18 Cruise CONtHOL sss csscsssecesscsseceseses 5 20 Maintenance j 0s cssccsssssscesseess
274. osition When turning the ignition knob make sure the selector lever is in the P position If the selector lever is not returned to the P position the ignition knob cannot be moved toward LOCK When the ignition knob cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as fol lows 1 Move the selector lever into the P po sition 2 Turn the ignition knob slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK posi tion The selector lever can be moved from P position if the ignition knob is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is de pressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counterclockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the igni tion knob to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition knob in and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left If the battery of the vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged the ignition knob cannot be turned from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key or valet key AY WARNING Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could re
275. osition confirm the seat and seatback are locked properly e Be careful not to pinch your hand or foot or bump your head when operating the walk in seat The seatback will fold down rapidly e Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats They may be pinched and damaged The automatic forwarding and reversing will not work or stop under the following conditions e When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e When the seat belt is fastened e When the selector lever is not in the P Park position Automatic transmis sion model s driver s seat or the park ing brake is not applied Manual transmission model s driver s seat e When the door is closed When the slide adjusting switch is op erated SSS0185 REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT Reclining if so equipped Pull the reclining lever and position the seat back at the desired angle Release the reclining lever after positioning the seat at the desired angle WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upr
276. osition while the igni tion switch is in the ON position the lights including the front fog light will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the paz or gQ position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on for 5 minutes when the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and then turned to the zpaz or 40 position CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature auto matically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Daytime running light system Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a reduced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the paz position Turn the headlight switch to the O position for full illumi nation when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime run ning lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off AY WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk
277. our vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY Master and Valet keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra In finiti Vehicle Immobilizer System keys An INFINITI dealer can duplicate it As many as 5 IVIS keys can be used with one ve hicle You should bring all IVIS keys that you have to an INFINITI dealer for regis tration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the In finiti Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these compo nents will only recognize keys coded into the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System IVIS during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AA WARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the v
278. ous in jury in sudden stop or collision An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident LRSO455 AY WARNING Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are designed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum pro tection during a collision Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the ve hicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 SSS0388 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the cen ter of the child s ears If the seatback is lower tha
279. oximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint System and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function prop erly For additional information see Supplemental restraint system in the 1 Safety Seats restraints and supple Instruments and controls 2 13 mental restraint system section AA WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS m Automatic transmission position indicator light Ca When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator in the instru ment panel shows the automatic trans mission selector lever position See Driv ing with automatic transmission in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 14 Instruments and controls CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise con trol main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indi cator light c
280. peat steps 3 through 7 8 Turn the ignition to the ON position The passenger air bag status light should say OFF If this light is not il luminated it may indicate a malfunc tion Move the child restraint to an other seating position Have the system checked by an_ INFINITI dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the auto matic locking mode child restraint mode will be canceled 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AY WARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not pos sible for even the strongest adult to re sist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself INFINITI recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a seri
281. ply ing any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check that the pedal lever has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake ap plied 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched posi tions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system For example buckles an chors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Winds
282. posi tion does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and in structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS earlier in this section 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO454 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WARNING INFINITI recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position If you must install a booster seat in the front seat follow these steps Move the seat to the rearmost posi tion Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The booster seat should be positione
283. position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the auto matic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked re peat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0369 Sedan LATCH LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM 1 LATCH lower anchor points right 2 LATCH lower anchor points left 3 LATCH label AA WARNING Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured prop erly your child could be seriously in jured or killed in an accident SS0370 Coupe e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Unde
284. procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal proce dures could cause personal injury 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel sisssscesececsrscssasscscascsccesesesevevanse 2 2 Meters and gaugeS s ssessessssssssesssssssessseesseee 2 3 Speedometer and odometer cceeeeee 2 3 Tachometer sissssisssisssisssursrsrisosssseeissiriscosisese 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 4 Fuel SAUSC sseisssessiunssessasie soisissa sissi esans 2 5 Compass display ssssssscssecessvscsnssssssasenccsssssvestvanss 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reMINdETS veisccssscccasscessscdssssscsacsasssscesesscaasctsssssees Checking bulbs Warning lights Indicator MNS icc saisessccvesssceuvssstescecseveziaes 2 14 Audible reminders c sesscsseseeeseeeeeeeee Security SYSCEMS esssccesscszssscvcesedsctavesssscsvecctecsss Vehicle security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWILCH ei castes EE deus sconaitanetandostawasedescearess 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 2 20 Xenon headlights ceeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 Headlight switch c ee ceceeseeeeseseeeeeenee 2 21 Tu
285. program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank inter vals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval between programs the sys tem may not stop in the desired or ex pected location CD with MP3 or WMA Push the tuning switch x or A more than 1 5 seconds to change the folders if it has folders Push the tuning switch wy or A for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the be ginning of the present program or skip to the next program Disc change except CD with MP3 or WMA Push the tuning switch wy or A for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems AX CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your INFINITI be sure to ob serve the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine control system and other elec tronic parts A WARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while dr
286. quipped and step light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors SPA1890 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch 2 The trunk will be unlatched and buzzer sounds four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelli gent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the In telligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS e To open the windows push the UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds or turn the door key cylinder with the metal key to the rear of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK button or turn the key to the neutral position e To close the windows turn the door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is locked To stop closing turn the key to the neutral position The door windows will open or close while turning the metal key See Doors earlier in this section 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1628 OPERATING THE ENGINE Ignition knob positions Push in the ignition knob in the range
287. r WMA When the A or w button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the folders in the CD will be changed When the A or w button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to the normal play speed AN WV APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the A APS FF button is pushed while the CD is being played the program after the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The CD will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the CD is skipped through the first program will be played When the M APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push sev eral times to skip back through programs The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed CD PLAY select button To change CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the CD programs in each track will be played for 10 seconds in sequence When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the first program in all the CDs will be played for 10 seconds Pushing the button
288. r at least 15 minutes and seek medical at tention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Ba Nia DI0137MA Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the UPPER LEVEL 4 and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the in dicator in each filler opening Do not over fill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Indicator SDI1480 If the side of the battery is not visible the electrolyte level can be checked through each filler opening as illus trated 3 Tighten cell plugs 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELTS JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery
289. r no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child re straint Your vehicle is equipped with spe cial anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stat ing that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the il lustration for the rear seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child re straint The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seat back A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system an chors Some child restraints may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a L
290. r park under emer gency conditions All turn signal lights will flash Some state or provincial laws may pro hibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving AA WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic e Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the igni tion switch either off or on HORN SIC1838 HEATED SEATS A JE SIC2793 To sound the horn push on or near the horn marks of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supple mental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury AT models The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the cen ter console can be operated indepen dently driver side seat a and front pas senger seat 8 of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range For low heat push the Low side of the switch For high heat push the C High side of the switch For no heat the switch has a cen Instruments and controls 2 25 MT models ter OFF position betw
291. re quired for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an under standing of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking per formance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a mod erate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both ve hicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended how ever if you must do so and if your ve hicle is equipped with automatic transmission first apply the parking brake and block the wheels and then move the transmission selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion before applying the parking brake and blocking the wheels transmission damage could occur When going down a hill shift into a lower gear a
292. re to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death e Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not pos sible for even the strongest adult to re sist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e INFINITI recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child re straints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these lower anchors For de tails see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM later in this section Child restraints for infants and children of various sizes are offered b
293. required INFINITI dealer for servicing see an The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide When re placing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth 4A WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could re sult in serious injury 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES AX CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other ma terial may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshiel
294. revent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock it when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and spe cialty shops An INFINITI dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your in surance company to see if you may be eli gible for discounts for various theft pro tection features How to activate the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close and lock all doors hood and trunk lid Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob the Intelligent Key or by pushing any front door handle request switch or turning the door key When using the remote key less entry the hazard indicators will operate as shown in Remote keyless entry system or Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 4 Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light comes on The SECURITY indi cator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during t
295. rformance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Push the fan control button or to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to auto matic control of the fan speed Fresh air Push the fresh air button xx to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the button will come on Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button ve to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the button will come on The air recirculation button will not be ac tivated when the air conditioner is in DEF mode Air flow control MODE Pushing the MODE button selects the air outlet to es Air flows from center and side ventilators apo Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets upd Air flows mainly from foot outlets MA Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button DUAL ZONE BUTTON if so equipped You can set the temperature of the driver and front passenger sides individually Pushing the DUAL zone button changes the setting position as follows Driver Passenger Driver Passenger If selecting the Driver Passenger position again after the temperature is individually set the display will show the temperature set for the driver side AMBIENT TEMPERATURE The outside ambient temperature will be shown on the center display The ambient temperature sensor is l
296. riving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas push the SNOW mode switch to the ON position and then the indicator light in the switch and the SNOW indicator light in the in strument panel will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated en gine output is controlled to reduce wheel spin CAUTION When turning the vehicle in SNOW mode on The vehicle should be driven with the Ve hicle Dynamic Control VDC system ON for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is de pressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The We indicator will come on Instruments and controls 2 27 Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 28 Instruments and controls CLOCK SIC2568 POWER OUTLET SIC1840B If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME To set the time forward push the button To set the time backward push the button Automatic transmission model The power outlet is for powering electric
297. rn Signal SwitChs sssssisssssssssssscsosssssrssasssss 2 24 Fog light SWItCH sssicsccssvsesesssscassescecesvessatvese 2 24 Heated seats SNOW mode switch if so equipped Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 27 GCIOCK sssiveadsceasduavecseastasiessicsseaseccutessteadessaseseadees Adjusting the time Power OUT EES iasicciccecessticcddsascssetesesesseaoseascossasy Storage Instrument pocket Except for Navigation system equipped models Sunglasses holder cseeseeee Cup holder sisscsassccesscessececsseveccssstees Glove DOX ssssissss serioso sossscdevicsesssecsteseesecosss Upper glove box Except for Navigation system equipped models cccceeeeee 2 34 Console DOX wissacssiviausedessecasetvaversigessesesateaes Rear armrest pocket Card holder Drivers Side ccseeceeeee 2 36 Coat hook COUPE sesssecsssedesccesscsivessisossseces 2 36 Stowing golf DAGS wcsissesvesvevessvevereeeveeveseays 2 36 WINdOWS ceceeeeeee Power windows Automatic adjusting function Coupe 2 39 Sunroof if so equipped eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Automatic sunroof Interior lights Room light Map light sisscsssessccesssecssccasssvscessdenssscoveserscse Rear personal light ceeseseeseseeeeeeeee 2 43 Vanity mirror light if so equipped 2 43 THUNK WS tise sivas sevesess sgedesecaskacensisaseseccssancet
298. rom CD ROM can re duce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression re moves the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec en abling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when en coding the file Sampling frequency The rate at which the samples of a signal are con verted from analog to digital A D con version per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multises sion ID3 Tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist al bum title encording bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks and trademarks in the
299. rotec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All US states and provinces of Canada re quire the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child re straints available for larger children for additional protection INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat if possible According to accident statistics children are safer when prop erly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front pas senger See Supplemental Restraint System later in this section for precau tions Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions
300. rted into the ignition knob The selector lever is not in the P posi tion Take out the Intelligent Key from the trunk room and close the trunk Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK posi tion Remove the mechanical key or valet key from the ignition knob Make sure that the selector lever is in the P position When turning the ignition knob An inside warning chime sounds con tinuously The ignition knob is not turned to the LOCK position Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK posi tion When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument panel blinks in green The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT on page 8 27 When pushing the ignition knob The key warning light in the instrument panel comes on in red The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle If the key warning light comes on in red even while you are carrying the Intelli gent Key the battery is completely dis charged Replace the battery with a new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT on page 8 27 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Troubleshooting examples When it is difficult to turn the ignition knob e Push the ignition knob and turn it to the left and then to the right e While gently turning the steering wheel to the left or right turn the igni tion knob OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to loc
301. ry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid damaging it please note the fol lowing e The Intelligent Key is water resistant wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not bend drop or strike it against another object e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Do not use a magnet key holder e Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a televi sion set or personal computer e Do not place the Intelligent Key in a storage area for example a door pocket or glove box It could be dam aged or activated unexpectedly e Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information re garding the erasing procedure please con tact an INFINITI dealer DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION After locking with the door handle re quest switch make sure the doors are securely locked To prevent the Intelligent Key from
302. s curtain air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front pas senger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the ve hicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The cur tain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The
303. s fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact an INFINITI dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electric shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped N w gt ROUTE SETTING CANCEL ZOOM IN ZOOM OUT PREVIOUS 11 12 SAA0939 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS 1 2 5 6 9 10 and 11 For Navigation control buttons refer to the separate Navigation Owners Manual 3 SETTING button P 4 6 4 INFO button P 4 3 7 Joystick and ENTER push button P 4 3 8 je brightness control button P 4 10 12 PREVIOUS button P 4 3 HOW
304. s may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws be fore installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself All wheel drive models AQ CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is rec ommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand con struction and tread pattern The tire pres sure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Con tact an INFINITI dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac cording to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When install ing tire chains
305. s when the interior light switch is at the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except in the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds e All doors and trunk lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically un less one of the following operations is Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 performed within 1 minute of pressing the UNLOCK button e opening any door e opening trunk lid e turning the ignition switch to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the windows Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob The driver s door and fuel filler lid will un lock Continue to press the UNLOCK button for more than 3 seconds The door windows will start to lower Continue to press the UNLOCK button un til windows are fully open To stop the windows lowering operation release the UNLOCK button To start the windows lowering operation press the UNLOCK button again for more than 3 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing the trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button G on the key fob for longer than 0 5 seconds when the ignition switch is in any position except the ON position 2 The trunk lid opens The trunk lid cannot b
306. scssssasessseces 1 18 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 Child restraint installation on rear seat center or outboard positions 00 1 19 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SySteM ccsscccssseccseseceeseceees Top tether strap child restraint Child restraint installation on front passenger Seat cesicisscsssscasscessacssrscacscess aces 1 27 Booster Seats ssssisssscassssssasessessesssscessasssaasscasesss 1 30 Precautions on booster Seats 0668 1 30 Booster seat installation on rear seat center or outboard positions 00 1 33 Booster seat installation on front passenger SCALE cecccicseacscecscavcsccaccoesessscescacee 1 34 Supplemental restraint systeM eeeeeeee 1 35 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEMI s coi uesssvcesecsccesssseceecnsssecsssacseosssesssvseds 1 35 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 51 SEATS SSS0133B AY WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back
307. senss 4 14 Capacities and recommended fuel WUD CANES iss ssscss sesisesssesceasecasecssecssesccs 9 2 Car phone or CB radio 008 4 29 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst wisscsssssscestaccanseresssbanstsaxassanese 5 3 CD care and cleaning 008 4 27 Child restraints ss sccscsssscssscssvacscsssesss 1 18 Precautions on child restraints scesvcecscasvecccwesdoscaevesteree 1 18 Top tether strap anchor point LOCATIONS scasscccesscasiscesseeesenssesenes 1 27 With top tether strap 1 26 Child Safety ssiccccsssssscssscccscssesessescosss 1 12 Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Chimes Audible reminders c00066 2 15 Seat belt warning light and CHIME cessccseseccssccsveasssceteesesesseass 2 13 Cigarette lighter and ashtray 2 29 Circuit breaker Fusible link 8 25 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 3 ClO Koeriers oriee ii enaA 2 28 CLUTCH fluid 5 0 csccessessecsedevsscveesaceseseess 8 14 Coat NOOK ccsissscevsstevceseacevasssse assess 2 36 Cold weather driving eee 5 29 Compact Disc CD changer OPCLallOMy aicscscsssedessecssecceewbertersenctsas 4 25 Compass display ssseeseseeeeeee 2 6 10 2 CONSOLE DOX ncscias siias 2 34 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls automatic cceecceee 4 11 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lUbricants cceeceeeeeeeees 9 2 Changing engine c
308. ses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AY WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or to get caught in the engine belts or the engine cooling fan e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at an INFINITI dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or War ranty Information Booklet Canada In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your ve hicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI dealer Local service op erators are generally familiar with the ap plicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AA WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e
309. sional road assistance MCE0001A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks Q at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally oppo site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 Te SCE0563 ANN TG LAT D THVT ET SCE0382B Sedan Type A Sedan Type B Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools 1 and spare tire 2 from the storage area located inside the trunk as illustrated If spacers are equipped remove them be fore removing the spare tire 6 4 In case of emergency CE1089 A Jack up point Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following in structions 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated above so that top of the jack contacts the ve hicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown In case of emergency 6 5 SCE0504 The jack should be used on level firm ground 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefu
310. ssscessscassasssaess Engine cooling system Engine Oil ieisecveisvesceessecdsentesentexes Engine oil and oil filter recommendation cceeeeeee 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 008 9 5 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Starting the engine 5 10 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F F M V S S certification label 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Changing engine oil and filter 8 11 Flashers See hazard warning flasher SWITCH eoveus advo ver siete deacatessaetucesevedeeves 2 24 Flat Civ eeose esaea r EE 6 2 Flat tire Low tire pressure warning SYSTEM ruse erstes EE ESENES Floor mat cleaning Fluid Automatic transmission fluid OE e AEE AEEA E EAA 8 13 Brake and clutch fluid 8 14 Brake fluid sssisscisesetensssiasscesessanes 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants wsicssccssec sccesesaccssees Engine coolant Engine Oilssessssisrsssssresrssersr reson Power steering fluid Window washer fluid 8 15 FM AM SATELLITE radio with compact disc CD changer 4 22 Fog light SWItCh sssssissssssesscsosisssssserss 2 24 Front power seat adjustment 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ccseceeeeeeeees 9 2 Filler CAP sicvessscecsecsissssconssssesssenes 3 29
311. st service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked by an INFINITI dealer If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing Charge warning light or if the light remains on see an INFINITI dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing rhe Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is ON ss Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pres sure If the light flickers or comes on dur ing normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other au thorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenanc
312. st southeast If the compass unit does not receive any correct signal for 10 minutes the com pass will display the bar Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer SS Bas SIC2243A Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as vari ance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these in structions to set the variance for your par ticular location if this happens 1 Establish your location on the zone map a Record your zone number 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON po sition while pressing the COMP switch 3 Continue to press the COMP switch for more than 5 seconds until the current zone entry number is displayed on the compass If any operations are not carried out for more than 5 seconds the display shows direction as normal 4 Press COMP switch repeatedly until the new zone entry number is dis played Once the desired zone number is dis played stop pressing the COMP switch and the display will show compass direc tion within a few seconds Instruments and controls 2 7 If a magnet is located near the driver side instrument panel the sensor is lo cated inside or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial magnetism is dis turbed the compass display may not in dicate the correct direction The compass may not display correctly at the
313. stall the license plate on the lower fit ting point AY WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged AQ CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling sys tems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control system Make sure the area in front and be hind the vehicle is clear of obstruc tions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward Shift back and forth between R re verse and D drive Apply the accelerator as little as pos sible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before
314. start the compact disc LOAD CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 sec onds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in suc cession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display CD PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP DISPLAY When the display button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the music information dis played can be changed in the following order CD 7 Disc title Track title Title off CD with MP3 or WMA m Folder title File title Track title Title off Artist ASN NW FF Fast Forward REW Rewind CD When the A fast forward or w re wind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 CD with MP3 o
315. sult in serious vehicle damage and or personal in jury IGNITION KNOB POSITIONS Push in the ignition knob to the range when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position The ignition knob can only be locked in the position The ignition knob will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC po sition while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories 0 This position activates electrical accesso ries such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the knob immediately It will automatically re turn to the ON position For important safety information see Ig nition switch in the 5 Starting and driv ing section The ignition knob cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the shift lever is in P position It can be turned to only AA CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition knob in ACC or ON positions when the en gine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Starting and driving 5 9 will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the regis t
316. system If you have any questions about the performance of your air bag system please contact an INFINITI dealer When the supplemental front air bag in flates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condi tion should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occu pant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air
317. t key The time will be reset to the GPS time Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 CLOCK SETTING lt Hours gt M ri GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust O Daylight saving Time Select Time Zone SAA0950 to the selected zone will be displayed Pa cific zone has been set as the initial de oS SS N TIME ZONE SAA0663 Selecting the time zone 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear Select one of the following zones de pending on the current location Pacific zone Mountain zone Central zone Eastern zone Atlantic zone Newfoundland zone After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear The GPS time manual time corresponding 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Map Background o Display Off lt idsec gt Display Duration Setting SAA0935 Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear after pushing the SETTING button se lecting Display key and pushing the ENTER button Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness contrast key and push the ENTER button You can then use the joy stick to adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher For information on Map Back ground pleas
318. t an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or system resetting A CAUTION e The low tire pressure warning system is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 20 MPH 32 km h the low tire pressure warning system may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly iA Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is turned to the ON po sition and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats restraints and supplemental re straint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Ar Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is op erational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your an INFINITI dealer The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after appr
319. t move the selector lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be se lected without pushing the button AY WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be re moved from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position AY CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped
320. tation Sedan The tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km to minimize tire wear variation Coupe The tires cannot be rotated Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield re paired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe prop erly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mecha nism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without ap
321. tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer Unauthorized elec trical test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal proce dures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt sys tem activates in conjunction with the front supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be comes involved in certain types of colli sions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt acti vates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condi tion should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner seat belt system the supple mental air bag warning light will not come
322. ters for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded depending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equip ment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special re search It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 25 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair informa tion for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI dealer Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact
323. terval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the fol lowing conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures 9 6 Technical and consumer information driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go rush hour traffic aggressive driving RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED T11028 C SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the am bient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in this INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant Nissan A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents AV CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air condi tioning system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system compo nents The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refriger ant during automot
324. that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ig nition key is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is can celed S1C2576 eae D aa ee os t EN WS f Sedan Main switch Main power window switch drivers side 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Rear left passenger side window 4 Rear right passenger side window 5 Window lock button To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows S Coupe Main switch Locking passenger s windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to can cel Instruments and controls 2 37 SIC1892E SIC2578 Front passenger side Passenger side power window switch
325. the ON position it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position VANITY MIRROR LIGHT if so equipped SIC1859 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the vanity mirror light stays on it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position Instruments and controls 2 43 TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will go off When the trunk light stays on it will auto matically turn off 30 minutes after the ig nition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 44 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If
326. the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn mode MODE HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE Hazard indicator mode Switching indicator HAZARD once HORN once Keyfob or Intelligent Key HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice No operation Door handle Door handle request swith switch Keyfob or Intelligent Key Fiatia aes HAZARD once D handi t switch HAZARD twice HAZARD once Sor handle request switch OUTSIDE BUZZER twice OUTSIDE BUZZER once SPA1923 If horn are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK 2 but tons on the Intelligent Key simulta neously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indicator only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indi cator flashes once and the horn chirps once Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1
327. the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemen tal air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is opera tional If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer 4A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it
328. the pressure and add or re lease air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Refer to the Wheels and tires section SDI1575 P215 60R16 94H P 215 6 R 16 94 H tttttt t 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SDI1606 TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental char acteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a re call Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 5 Two digit number 16 This number is 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture the wheel or rim diameter in inches 6 Four numbers represent the week and 6 Two or three digit number 94 This year the tire was built For example number is the tire s load index It is a DOT XX XX XXX XXXX the numbers 3103 mea
329. the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow either of these three methods a Push the cancel switch The SET indi cator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RES ACCEL set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the main switch off once and then turn it on again The cruise control will automatically be cancelled if the vehicle slows down below approximately 8 MPH 13 km h Depress the clutch pedal manual transmission or move the selector le ver to the N Neutral position auto matic transmission The SET indicator light will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a b c Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the RES ACCEL set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch Push then quickly release the RES ACCEL set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired spe
330. the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming Once the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures i e new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion AA WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manu factured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an ob ject in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open or close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry
331. times AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and ob scure your vision which may lead to an ac cident Warm the windshield with the de froster before you wash the windshield AY CAUTION The following could damage the washer system e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Instruments and controls 2 19 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SIC2565 To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on 4 The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes AA CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster 2 20 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AY WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If head
332. to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others SIC2566 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control oper ates when the light switch is in the AUTO spa Or g position Turn the control to direction darken or direction brighten to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel except power window switch lights When the control is turned upward until it stops the light intensity will be at maximum When the control is turned downward until it stops the light will be turned off Instruments and controls 2 23 SIC2231 SIC1836A HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g SIC2574 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing 2 24 Instruments and controls FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the head light switch to the gO position then turn the switch to the p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to oper ate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are se lected Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop o
333. to use the SETTING button 4 6 How to use the button Ventilators Heater and air conditioner Automatic 4 11 Automatic operation ccccsssscecsesceeees 4 12 Manual operation ccceesesceeeseeeeeeeeees 4 13 Dual zone button if so equipped 4 13 Ambient temperature cssseceeeeeeeeeeee 4 13 Operating UiPSicsssssccssesvessesaviveccevacs In cabin microfilter 06 Servicing air conditioner 0 Audio SYStOM sssrissssssesissosossssssssissssisses FM radio reception esssssssssesssssssessesssesesee AM radio reception sssssssssssssssessssesssesesse Satellite radio reception seesseeseessseeseees Audio operation precautions FM AM satellite radio with compact disc CD CHAN SEN seca scstisassssesebscssecdescates scan vceacess 4 22 CD care and cleaning ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 27 Steering switch for audio control if S CQUIPPE s s cceedscasecessssdecervsseevicenesss 4 27 Antenna vcveieisccsevassscnsdeevesesvoescexeasecestecssteesse 4 28 Car phone or CB radio wciscsissssissscseasstessevesices 4 29 SAFETY NOTE AA WARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in acci dent
334. tronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are de signed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general charac teristics of FM AM and satellite radio sig nals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Be cause of the movement reception condi tions will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES F J a erie oe e FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 Km AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km a SAA0306 FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhib iting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will
335. ttery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated bat tery can damage your vehicle e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or War ranty Information Booklet Canada Booster cable connecting order 0 0 I AY WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal in jury If the booster battery is in another ve hicle position the two vehicles to bring their batteries into close proxim ity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position On automatic transmission models move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems light heater air condi tioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the se In case of emergency 6 9 que
336. ufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance intervals shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 SDI1520B Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil AX CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the en gine oil is hot 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench 8 Remove the oil filter by
337. ught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward The auto reverse function can be acti vated when the sunroof is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof occurs 2 40 Instruments and controls AA WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which can not be detected Make sure that all passen gers have their hands etc inside the ve hicle before closing the sunroof Tilting the sunroof Sedan To tilt up first close the sunroof then press and hold the UP 4 side of the switch To tilt down the sunroof press and hold the DOWN 2 side Tilting the sunroof Coupe To tilt up first close the sunroof then press the UP 4 side of the switch and re lease it it need not be held To tilt down the sunroof press the DOWN side Sun shade Open or close the sun shade by sliding it backward or forward The shade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually AA WARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sun roof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow
338. umps and hy draulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic fea ture that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indica tion of any malfunction If the computer senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABS warning light in the instrument panel The brake system will then behave normally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self check or while you are driving you should take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer for re pair at your earliest convenience A WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents re sulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle con trol during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slip pery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock brake system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ulti mately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also af
339. veseuvsseesesaviecieeess Engine compartment ccseeceseseeeeeeees Passenger cCompartMent csseeseeeeeeee Keyfob battery replacement ceeeeeeee eens Keyfob except Intelligent Key Exterior and interior lights Wheels and tires ce eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees Tire pressure sorses israse Tire labeling scisssssesccsssscscsssscssscasess Types Of Tire sicsscasscccssscesessssssvecsees Tire CHAINS se sccseesecssacesaveseavedsouvesse e Changing wheels and tires MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essen tial to maintain your INFINITI s good me chanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance and the general maintenance are performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle re ceives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals General
340. ving the key from the ignition switch make sure the selector lever is in the P position When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P po sition 2 Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from the P position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order to lock the steering wheel it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn coun terclockwise from the straight up posi tion To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left A WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury SSD0082K MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes an anti theft steering lock device On manual
341. warning light is lit one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low am bient temperatures as described above check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF Frequently check the tire pressure and ad just the pressure of each tire properly Starting and driving 5 3 Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with a low tire pressure lower than 25 psi Sedan 17 inch and Coupe 17 inch wheel model 27 psi Sedan 18 inch wheel model 28 psi Coupe 18 and 19 inch wheel model the low tire pressure warning light comes on and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds For additional information regarding the above warning see Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in t
342. way from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips not the waist A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI dealer SSS0134A Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI rec ommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use
343. wed by re lease of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a his tory of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front oc cupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated up right as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and cur tain side impact air b
344. wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its nor mal operating condition have an INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever release the shift lock and push the selector lever but ton The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To release the shift lock complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover 4 Insert a suitable tool in the shift lock slot and push down 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock 6 Turn the ignition switch to the ON po sition to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired locat
345. when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position The ignition knob can only be locked in the position The ignition knob will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC po sition while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories 0 This position activates electrical accesso ries such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the knob immediately It will automatically re turn to the ON position For important safety information see Ig nition knob in the 5 Starting and driving section The ignition knob cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the shift lever is in P position It can be turned to only AA CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition knob in ACC or ON positions when the en gine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery SPA1891 Starting the engine When driving the vehicle be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 Securely depress the brake pedal 2 Slowly push the ignition knob in When the Intelligent Key warning light in the instrument panel comes on in green the ignition knob can be turned 3 Turn the ignition knob to START and the engine will be started 4
346. winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if neces sary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film AA CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheel if not re moved CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solu tion then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat mate rial Use a
347. with the mechanical key See Opening and closing windows on the previous page 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Raise the lever at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood Insert the assist bar into the slot in the front edge of the hood When closing the hood reset the as sist bar to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place 4A WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid in jury do not open the hood TRUNK LID AA WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys SPA1896 OPENER OPERATION The trunk lid release switch is located at the botto
348. wn e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har ness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owners Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in oper ating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by an INFINITI dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Fuse fusible link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir 0 ON DWM FP WN RB Radiator filler cap 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Air cleaner SDI1485 Maintenance and do it yourself
349. wnership experience for as long as you own your car Should you have any questions regarding your INFINITI or an INFINITI dealer please contact our Con sumer Affairs department at In U S 1 800 662 6200 In Canada 1 800 361 4792 READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a Safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e Always observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e Always use seat belts and child re straints Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e Always provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e Always review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its perfor mance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under INFINITI war ranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options
350. y precautions 5 5 Ignition switch except Intelligent Key SYSTEM J esscacticessasedenewsceensgssaceossescatatercavedeesedesssers 5 6 Automatic transmiSSiO sssssscsisssisesisssrisss 5 6 Manual transmission esesesssessssesssssssesssessee 5 7 Key POSITIONS nic siscesscessisesaesscescsosssonscoseccezese 5 7 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 8 Ignition knob models with the Intelligent Key SYSUCIN ss ssseadessescecsa sede asesecsessccaesasaas cane ecsesecssasixe 5 8 Ignition knob PpOSitionS ccceeeseeseeeeeeees 5 9 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 9 Before starting the engine eeeeeeeeeee eens 5 10 Starting the Engine ssssesrssissvssssesszssrisosssssssurass 5 10 Driving the vehicle ssssissosisssssrssossssissessssrssssesss 5 11 Automatic tranSMiSSiOn s ccessceseeeeees 5 11 Manual transmission ccseceseseeeeeeeeees 5 15 Parking brake Cruise control Precautions on cruise control 0068 5 20 Cruise control operations eeeeeeeeeee 5 20 Br ak im sch duless ssssssssssssrrsssssscsssssssssssessssssi 5 21 Increasing fuel economy ceeeeeceeeseeeeeeees 5 22 AWD warning light if so equipped 5 22 Parking parking on hills ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee POWer Steering cscvsicrvassasseariscerceddsscsectesstenenses Brake SYStEM sssrisssssirssssorcssssisosissvassses Braking precautions ceeeeee Anti lock brake syste
351. y several manu facturers When selecting any child re straint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your ve hicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recom mended procedures All US states and Canadian provinces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated AA WARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS of the vehicle fit in all types of vehicles Follow all of the child restraint manu e If you must install a front facing child facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not b
352. you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual trans mission into the R Reverse position automatic transmission into the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis tance personnel that you need assis tance 6 Have all passengers get out of the ve hicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AA WARNING Make sure the parking brake is se curely applied and the manual trans mission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes
353. ype A only ADJUSTING button No satellite radio reception is available unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed retrofit unavailable without factory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satel lite radio service subscription is active Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 FM AM SATELLITE RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs two antennas printed on the rear window This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving less interference The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both radio reception and CD playback POWER on off Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the POWER on off button while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on push ing the POWER on off button turns the sys tem off Volume control Turn the volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE SSV Type A only Press the AUDIO button to change the se lecting mode as follows BASS TREB

2005 G35 Owners Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents